Documentation ¶
Overview ¶
Package mediaconvert provides the client and types for making API requests to AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
AWS Elemental MediaConvert ¶
See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29 for more information on this service.
See mediaconvert package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediaconvert/
Using the Client ¶
To AWS Elemental MediaConvert with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.
See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/
See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config
See the AWS Elemental MediaConvert client MediaConvert for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediaconvert/#New
Index ¶
- Constants
- type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix
- type AacCodecProfile
- type AacCodingMode
- type AacRateControlMode
- type AacRawFormat
- type AacSettings
- type AacSpecification
- type AacVbrQuality
- type Ac3BitstreamMode
- type Ac3CodingMode
- type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile
- type Ac3LfeFilter
- type Ac3MetadataControl
- type Ac3Settings
- type AfdSignaling
- type AiffSettings
- type AncillarySourceSettings
- type AntiAlias
- type AudioCodec
- type AudioCodecSettings
- type AudioDefaultSelection
- type AudioDescription
- type AudioLanguageCodeControl
- type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm
- type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl
- type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging
- type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation
- type AudioNormalizationSettings
- type AudioSelector
- type AudioSelectorGroup
- type AudioSelectorType
- type AudioTypeControl
- type AvailBlanking
- type BurninDestinationSettings
- type BurninSubtitleAlignment
- type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor
- type BurninSubtitleFontColor
- type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor
- type BurninSubtitleShadowColor
- type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing
- type CancelJobInput
- type CancelJobOutput
- type CancelJobRequest
- type CaptionDescription
- type CaptionDescriptionPreset
- type CaptionDestinationSettings
- type CaptionDestinationType
- type CaptionSelector
- type CaptionSourceSettings
- type CaptionSourceType
- type ChannelMapping
- type ColorCorrector
- type ColorMetadata
- type ColorSpace
- type ColorSpaceConversion
- type ColorSpaceUsage
- type ContainerSettings
- type ContainerType
- type CreateJobInput
- type CreateJobOutput
- type CreateJobRequest
- type CreateJobTemplateInput
- type CreateJobTemplateOutput
- type CreateJobTemplateRequest
- type CreatePresetInput
- type CreatePresetOutput
- type CreatePresetRequest
- type CreateQueueInput
- type CreateQueueOutput
- type CreateQueueRequest
- type DashIsoEncryptionSettings
- type DashIsoGroupSettings
- type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance
- type DashIsoSegmentControl
- type DeinterlaceAlgorithm
- type Deinterlacer
- type DeinterlacerControl
- type DeinterlacerMode
- type DeleteJobTemplateInput
- type DeleteJobTemplateOutput
- type DeleteJobTemplateRequest
- type DeletePresetInput
- type DeletePresetOutput
- type DeletePresetRequest
- type DeleteQueueInput
- type DeleteQueueOutput
- type DeleteQueueRequest
- type DescribeEndpointsInput
- type DescribeEndpointsOutput
- type DescribeEndpointsRequest
- type DropFrameTimecode
- type DvbNitSettings
- type DvbSdtSettings
- type DvbSubDestinationSettings
- type DvbSubSourceSettings
- type DvbSubtitleAlignment
- type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor
- type DvbSubtitleFontColor
- type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor
- type DvbSubtitleShadowColor
- type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing
- type DvbTdtSettings
- type Eac3AttenuationControl
- type Eac3BitstreamMode
- type Eac3CodingMode
- type Eac3DcFilter
- type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine
- type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf
- type Eac3LfeControl
- type Eac3LfeFilter
- type Eac3MetadataControl
- type Eac3PassthroughControl
- type Eac3PhaseControl
- type Eac3Settings
- type Eac3StereoDownmix
- type Eac3SurroundExMode
- type Eac3SurroundMode
- type EmbeddedConvert608To708
- type EmbeddedSourceSettings
- type Endpoint
- type F4vMoovPlacement
- type F4vSettings
- type FileGroupSettings
- type FileSourceConvert608To708
- type FileSourceSettings
- type FrameCaptureSettings
- type GetJobInput
- type GetJobOutput
- type GetJobRequest
- type GetJobTemplateInput
- type GetJobTemplateOutput
- type GetJobTemplateRequest
- type GetPresetInput
- type GetPresetOutput
- type GetPresetRequest
- type GetQueueInput
- type GetQueueOutput
- type GetQueueRequest
- type H264AdaptiveQuantization
- type H264CodecLevel
- type H264CodecProfile
- type H264EntropyEncoding
- type H264FieldEncoding
- type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization
- type H264FramerateControl
- type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type H264GopBReference
- type H264GopSizeUnits
- type H264InterlaceMode
- type H264ParControl
- type H264QualityTuningLevel
- type H264RateControlMode
- type H264RepeatPps
- type H264SceneChangeDetect
- type H264Settings
- type H264SlowPal
- type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
- type H264Syntax
- type H264Telecine
- type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
- type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode
- type H265AdaptiveQuantization
- type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei
- type H265CodecLevel
- type H265CodecProfile
- type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization
- type H265FramerateControl
- type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type H265GopBReference
- type H265GopSizeUnits
- type H265InterlaceMode
- type H265ParControl
- type H265QualityTuningLevel
- type H265RateControlMode
- type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode
- type H265SceneChangeDetect
- type H265Settings
- type H265SlowPal
- type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
- type H265Telecine
- type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
- type H265TemporalIds
- type H265Tiles
- type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode
- type Hdr10Metadata
- type HlsAdMarkers
- type HlsAudioTrackType
- type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping
- type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting
- type HlsClientCache
- type HlsCodecSpecification
- type HlsDirectoryStructure
- type HlsEncryptionSettings
- type HlsEncryptionType
- type HlsGroupSettings
- type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest
- type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest
- type HlsKeyProviderType
- type HlsManifestCompression
- type HlsManifestDurationFormat
- type HlsOutputSelection
- type HlsProgramDateTime
- type HlsSegmentControl
- type HlsSettings
- type HlsStreamInfResolution
- type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame
- type Id3Insertion
- type ImageInserter
- type Input
- type InputClipping
- type InputDeblockFilter
- type InputDenoiseFilter
- type InputFilterEnable
- type InputPsiControl
- type InputTemplate
- type InputTimecodeSource
- type InsertableImage
- type Job
- type JobSettings
- type JobStatus
- type JobTemplate
- type JobTemplateListBy
- type JobTemplateSettings
- type LanguageCode
- type ListJobTemplatesInput
- type ListJobTemplatesOutput
- type ListJobTemplatesRequest
- type ListJobsInput
- type ListJobsOutput
- type ListJobsRequest
- type ListPresetsInput
- type ListPresetsOutput
- type ListPresetsRequest
- type ListQueuesInput
- type ListQueuesOutput
- type ListQueuesRequest
- type M2tsAudioBufferModel
- type M2tsBufferModel
- type M2tsEbpAudioInterval
- type M2tsEbpPlacement
- type M2tsEsRateInPes
- type M2tsNielsenId3
- type M2tsPcrControl
- type M2tsRateMode
- type M2tsScte35Source
- type M2tsSegmentationMarkers
- type M2tsSegmentationStyle
- type M2tsSettings
- type M3u8NielsenId3
- type M3u8PcrControl
- type M3u8Scte35Source
- type M3u8Settings
- type MediaConvert
- func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJobRequest(input *CancelJobInput) CancelJobRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) CreateJobRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplateRequest(input *CreateJobTemplateInput) CreateJobTemplateRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePresetRequest(input *CreatePresetInput) CreatePresetRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueueRequest(input *CreateQueueInput) CreateQueueRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input *DeleteJobTemplateInput) DeleteJobTemplateRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePresetRequest(input *DeletePresetInput) DeletePresetRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueueRequest(input *DeleteQueueInput) DeleteQueueRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) DescribeEndpointsRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) GetJobRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplateRequest(input *GetJobTemplateInput) GetJobTemplateRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) GetPresetRequest(input *GetPresetInput) GetPresetRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueueRequest(input *GetQueueInput) GetQueueRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesRequest(input *ListJobTemplatesInput) ListJobTemplatesRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) ListJobsRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresetsRequest(input *ListPresetsInput) ListPresetsRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueuesRequest(input *ListQueuesInput) ListQueuesRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input *UpdateJobTemplateInput) UpdateJobTemplateRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePresetRequest(input *UpdatePresetInput) UpdatePresetRequest
- func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueueRequest(input *UpdateQueueInput) UpdateQueueRequest
- type MovClapAtom
- type MovCslgAtom
- type MovMpeg2FourCCControl
- type MovPaddingControl
- type MovReference
- type MovSettings
- type Mp2Settings
- type Mp4CslgAtom
- type Mp4FreeSpaceBox
- type Mp4MoovPlacement
- type Mp4Settings
- type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization
- type Mpeg2CodecLevel
- type Mpeg2CodecProfile
- type Mpeg2FramerateControl
- type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits
- type Mpeg2InterlaceMode
- type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision
- type Mpeg2ParControl
- type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel
- type Mpeg2RateControlMode
- type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect
- type Mpeg2Settings
- type Mpeg2SlowPal
- type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
- type Mpeg2Syntax
- type Mpeg2Telecine
- type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
- type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication
- type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings
- type MsSmoothGroupSettings
- type MsSmoothManifestEncoding
- type NielsenConfiguration
- type NoiseReducer
- type NoiseReducerFilter
- type NoiseReducerFilterSettings
- type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings
- type Order
- type Output
- type OutputChannelMapping
- type OutputDetail
- type OutputGroup
- type OutputGroupDetail
- type OutputGroupSettings
- type OutputGroupType
- type OutputSdt
- type OutputSettings
- type Preset
- type PresetListBy
- type PresetSettings
- type ProresCodecProfile
- type ProresFramerateControl
- type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm
- type ProresInterlaceMode
- type ProresParControl
- type ProresSettings
- type ProresSlowPal
- type ProresTelecine
- type Queue
- type QueueListBy
- type QueueStatus
- type Rectangle
- type RemixSettings
- type RespondToAfd
- type ScalingBehavior
- type SccDestinationFramerate
- type SccDestinationSettings
- type SpekeKeyProvider
- type StaticKeyProvider
- type TeletextDestinationSettings
- type TeletextSourceSettings
- type TimecodeBurnin
- type TimecodeBurninPosition
- type TimecodeConfig
- type TimecodeSource
- type TimedMetadata
- type TimedMetadataInsertion
- type Timing
- type TtmlDestinationSettings
- type TtmlStylePassthrough
- type Type
- type UpdateJobTemplateInput
- type UpdateJobTemplateOutput
- type UpdateJobTemplateRequest
- type UpdatePresetInput
- type UpdatePresetOutput
- type UpdatePresetRequest
- type UpdateQueueInput
- type UpdateQueueOutput
- type UpdateQueueRequest
- type VideoCodec
- type VideoCodecSettings
- type VideoDescription
- type VideoDetail
- type VideoPreprocessor
- type VideoSelector
- type VideoTimecodeInsertion
- type WavSettings
Constants ¶
const ( // ErrCodeBadRequestException for service response error code // "BadRequestException". ErrCodeBadRequestException = "BadRequestException" // ErrCodeConflictException for service response error code // "ConflictException". ErrCodeConflictException = "ConflictException" // ErrCodeForbiddenException for service response error code // "ForbiddenException". ErrCodeForbiddenException = "ForbiddenException" // ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException for service response error code // "InternalServerErrorException". ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException = "InternalServerErrorException" // ErrCodeNotFoundException for service response error code // "NotFoundException". ErrCodeNotFoundException = "NotFoundException" // ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException for service response error code // "TooManyRequestsException". ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException = "TooManyRequestsException" )
const ( ServiceName = "mediaconvert" // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to. EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata. )
Service information constants
Variables ¶
This section is empty.
Functions ¶
This section is empty.
Types ¶
type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix ¶
type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix string
Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD, the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType. Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType and FollowInputAudioType.
const ( AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD" AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "NORMAL" )
Enum values for AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix
func (AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AacCodecProfile ¶
type AacCodecProfile string
AAC Profile.
const ( AacCodecProfileLc AacCodecProfile = "LC" AacCodecProfileHev1 AacCodecProfile = "HEV1" AacCodecProfileHev2 AacCodecProfile = "HEV2" )
Enum values for AacCodecProfile
func (AacCodecProfile) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacCodecProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AacCodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacCodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AacCodingMode ¶
type AacCodingMode string
Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E.
const ( AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix AacCodingMode = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX" AacCodingModeCodingMode10 AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0" AacCodingModeCodingMode11 AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1" AacCodingModeCodingMode20 AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0" AacCodingModeCodingMode51 AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_5_1" )
Enum values for AacCodingMode
func (AacCodingMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacCodingMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AacCodingMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacCodingMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AacRateControlMode ¶
type AacRateControlMode string
Rate Control Mode.
const ( AacRateControlModeCbr AacRateControlMode = "CBR" AacRateControlModeVbr AacRateControlMode = "VBR" )
Enum values for AacRateControlMode
func (AacRateControlMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacRateControlMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AacRateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacRateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AacRawFormat ¶
type AacRawFormat string
Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output, you must choose "No container" for the output container.
const ( AacRawFormatLatmLoas AacRawFormat = "LATM_LOAS" AacRawFormatNone AacRawFormat = "NONE" )
Enum values for AacRawFormat
func (AacRawFormat) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacRawFormat) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AacRawFormat) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacRawFormat) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AacSettings ¶
type AacSettings struct { // Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio // + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be // set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster // mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed // audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD, // the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType. // Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description // (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType // and FollowInputAudioType. AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix `locationName:"audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode // and profile. Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` // AAC Profile. CodecProfile AacCodecProfile `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values // depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver // Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits // a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in // the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E. CodingMode AacCodingMode `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Rate Control Mode. RateControlMode AacRateControlMode `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output, // you must choose "No container" for the output container. RawFormat AacRawFormat `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` // Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream // containers. Specification AacSpecification `locationName:"specification" type:"string" enum:"true"` // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR. VbrQuality AacVbrQuality `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AAC. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AacSettings
func (AacSettings) GoString ¶
func (s AacSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (AacSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s AacSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (AacSettings) String ¶
func (s AacSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type AacSpecification ¶
type AacSpecification string
Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream containers.
const ( AacSpecificationMpeg2 AacSpecification = "MPEG2" AacSpecificationMpeg4 AacSpecification = "MPEG4" )
Enum values for AacSpecification
func (AacSpecification) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacSpecification) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AacSpecification) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacSpecification) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AacVbrQuality ¶
type AacVbrQuality string
VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR.
const ( AacVbrQualityLow AacVbrQuality = "LOW" AacVbrQualityMediumLow AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_LOW" AacVbrQualityMediumHigh AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_HIGH" AacVbrQualityHigh AacVbrQuality = "HIGH" )
Enum values for AacVbrQuality
func (AacVbrQuality) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacVbrQuality) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AacVbrQuality) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AacVbrQuality) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Ac3BitstreamMode ¶
type Ac3BitstreamMode string
Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC A/52-2012 for background on these values.
const ( Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN" Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY" Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue Ac3BitstreamMode = "DIALOGUE" Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency Ac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY" Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired Ac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects Ac3BitstreamMode = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS" Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Ac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver Ac3BitstreamMode = "VOICE_OVER" )
Enum values for Ac3BitstreamMode
func (Ac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Ac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Ac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Ac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Ac3CodingMode ¶
type Ac3CodingMode string
Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
const ( Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0" Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1" Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0" Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE" )
Enum values for Ac3CodingMode
func (Ac3CodingMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Ac3CodingMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Ac3CodingMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Ac3CodingMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile ¶
type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile string
If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification.
const ( Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "FILM_STANDARD" Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "NONE" )
Enum values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile
func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Ac3LfeFilter ¶
type Ac3LfeFilter string
Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
const ( Ac3LfeFilterEnabled Ac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED" Ac3LfeFilterDisabled Ac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Ac3LfeFilter
func (Ac3LfeFilter) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Ac3LfeFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Ac3LfeFilter) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Ac3LfeFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Ac3MetadataControl ¶
type Ac3MetadataControl string
When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
const ( Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput Ac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT" Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Ac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED" )
Enum values for Ac3MetadataControl
func (Ac3MetadataControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Ac3MetadataControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Ac3MetadataControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Ac3MetadataControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Ac3Settings ¶
type Ac3Settings struct { // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` // Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC // A/52-2012 for background on these values. BitstreamMode Ac3BitstreamMode `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. CodingMode Ac3CodingMode `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital, // dialnorm will be passed through. Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" type:"integer"` // If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the // output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. DynamicRangeCompressionProfile Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only // valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. LfeFilter Ac3LfeFilter `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. MetadataControl Ac3MetadataControl `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Sample rate in hz. Sample rate is always 48000. SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AC3. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Ac3Settings
func (Ac3Settings) GoString ¶
func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (Ac3Settings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Ac3Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (Ac3Settings) String ¶
func (s Ac3Settings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type AfdSignaling ¶
type AfdSignaling string
This setting only applies to H.264 and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD signaling (AfdSignaling) to whether there are AFD values in the output video data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the input AFD scaler data.
const ( AfdSignalingNone AfdSignaling = "NONE" AfdSignalingAuto AfdSignaling = "AUTO" AfdSignalingFixed AfdSignaling = "FIXED" )
Enum values for AfdSignaling
func (AfdSignaling) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AfdSignaling) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AfdSignaling) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AfdSignaling) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AiffSettings ¶
type AiffSettings struct { // Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding // quality for this audio track. BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" type:"integer"` // Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. // Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo // will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2. Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" type:"integer"` // Sample rate in hz. SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AIFF. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AiffSettings
func (AiffSettings) GoString ¶
func (s AiffSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (AiffSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s AiffSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (AiffSettings) String ¶
func (s AiffSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type AncillarySourceSettings ¶
type AncillarySourceSettings struct { // Specifies the 608 channel number in the ancillary data track from which to // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"sourceAncillaryChannelNumber" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for ancillary captions source. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AncillarySourceSettings
func (AncillarySourceSettings) GoString ¶
func (s AncillarySourceSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (AncillarySourceSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s AncillarySourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (AncillarySourceSettings) String ¶
func (s AncillarySourceSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type AntiAlias ¶
type AntiAlias string
Enable Anti-alias (AntiAlias) to enhance sharp edges in video output when your input resolution is much larger than your output resolution. Default is enabled.
Enum values for AntiAlias
func (AntiAlias) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
type AudioCodec ¶
type AudioCodec string
Type of Audio codec.
const ( AudioCodecAac AudioCodec = "AAC" AudioCodecMp2 AudioCodec = "MP2" AudioCodecWav AudioCodec = "WAV" AudioCodecAiff AudioCodec = "AIFF" AudioCodecAc3 AudioCodec = "AC3" AudioCodecEac3 AudioCodec = "EAC3" AudioCodecPassthrough AudioCodec = "PASSTHROUGH" )
Enum values for AudioCodec
func (AudioCodec) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioCodec) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AudioCodec) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioCodec) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AudioCodecSettings ¶
type AudioCodecSettings struct { // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to // the value AAC. AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"` // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to // the value AC3. Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"` // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to // the value AIFF. AiffSettings *AiffSettings `locationName:"aiffSettings" type:"structure"` // Type of Audio codec. Codec AudioCodec `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to // the value EAC3. Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"` // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to // the value MP2. Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"` // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to // the value WAV. WavSettings *WavSettings `locationName:"wavSettings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, Mp2Settings * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AudioCodecSettings
func (AudioCodecSettings) GoString ¶
func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (AudioCodecSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s AudioCodecSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (AudioCodecSettings) String ¶
func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type AudioDefaultSelection ¶
type AudioDefaultSelection string
When an "Audio Description":#audio_description specifies an AudioSelector or AudioSelectorGroup for which no matching source is found in the input, then the audio selector marked as DEFAULT will be used. If none are marked as default, silence will be inserted for the duration of the input.
const ( AudioDefaultSelectionDefault AudioDefaultSelection = "DEFAULT" AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault AudioDefaultSelection = "NOT_DEFAULT" )
Enum values for AudioDefaultSelection
func (AudioDefaultSelection) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioDefaultSelection) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AudioDefaultSelection) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioDefaultSelection) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AudioDescription ¶
type AudioDescription struct { // Advanced audio normalization settings. AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"` // Specifies which audio data to use from each input. In the simplest case, // specify an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector by name based on its order // within each input. For example if you specify "Audio Selector 3", then the // third audio selector will be used from each input. If an input does not have // an "Audio Selector 3", then the audio selector marked as "default" in that // input will be used. If there is no audio selector marked as "default", silence // will be inserted for the duration of that input. Alternatively, an "Audio // Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group name may be specified, with // similar default/silence behavior. If no audio_source_name is specified, then // "Audio Selector 1" will be chosen automatically. AudioSourceName *string `locationName:"audioSourceName" type:"string"` // Applies only if Follow Input Audio Type is unchecked (false). A number between // 0 and 255. The following are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1: 0 = Undefined, 1 // = Clean Effects, 2 = Hearing Impaired, 3 = Visually Impaired Commentary, // 4-255 = Reserved. AudioType *int64 `locationName:"audioType" type:"integer"` // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then // that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO // 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise // the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and // audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD. AudioTypeControl AudioTypeControl `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the // group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary // depending on the value you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec // enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following // lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, Mp2Settings // * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` // Indicates the language of the audio output track. The ISO 639 language specified // in the 'Language Code' drop down will be used when 'Follow Input Language // Code' is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language Code' is selected but // there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input. LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Choosing FOLLOW_INPUT will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output // to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The language specified // for languageCode' will be used when USE_CONFIGURED is selected or when FOLLOW_INPUT // is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input. LanguageCodeControl AudioLanguageCodeControl `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Advanced audio remixing settings. RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"` // Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by // the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary). Alphanumeric characters, // spaces, and underscore are legal. StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Description of audio output Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AudioDescription
func (AudioDescription) GoString ¶
func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (AudioDescription) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s AudioDescription) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (AudioDescription) String ¶
func (s AudioDescription) String() string
String returns the string representation
type AudioLanguageCodeControl ¶
type AudioLanguageCodeControl string
Choosing FOLLOW_INPUT will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The language specified for languageCode' will be used when USE_CONFIGURED is selected or when FOLLOW_INPUT is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
const ( AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput AudioLanguageCodeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT" AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured AudioLanguageCodeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED" )
Enum values for AudioLanguageCodeControl
func (AudioLanguageCodeControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioLanguageCodeControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AudioLanguageCodeControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioLanguageCodeControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm ¶
type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm string
Audio normalization algorithm to use. 1770-1 conforms to the CALM Act specification, 1770-2 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification.
const ( AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_1" AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_2" )
Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm
func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl ¶
type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl string
When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
const ( AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "CORRECT_AUDIO" AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "MEASURE_ONLY" )
Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl
func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging ¶
type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging string
If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file.
const ( AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "LOG" AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "DONT_LOG" )
Enum values for AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging
func (AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation ¶
type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation string
If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio track loudness.
const ( AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "TRUE_PEAK" AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "NONE" )
Enum values for AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation
func (AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AudioNormalizationSettings ¶
type AudioNormalizationSettings struct { // Audio normalization algorithm to use. 1770-1 conforms to the CALM Act specification, // 1770-2 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification. Algorithm AudioNormalizationAlgorithm `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If // disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. AlgorithmControl AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Content measuring above this level will be corrected to the target level. // Content measuring below this level will not be corrected. Gating only applies // when not using real_time_correction. CorrectionGateLevel *int64 `locationName:"correctionGateLevel" type:"integer"` // If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file. LoudnessLogging AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging `locationName:"loudnessLogging" type:"string" enum:"true"` // If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio // track loudness. PeakCalculation AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation `locationName:"peakCalculation" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default // value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1) // recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends // a target of -23 LKFS. TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Advanced audio normalization settings. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AudioNormalizationSettings
func (AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString ¶
func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (AudioNormalizationSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (AudioNormalizationSettings) String ¶
func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type AudioSelector ¶
type AudioSelector struct { // When an "Audio Description":#audio_description specifies an AudioSelector // or AudioSelectorGroup for which no matching source is found in the input, // then the audio selector marked as DEFAULT will be used. If none are marked // as default, silence will be inserted for the duration of the input. DefaultSelection AudioDefaultSelection `locationName:"defaultSelection" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies audio data from an external file source. ExternalAudioFileInput *string `locationName:"externalAudioFileInput" type:"string"` // Selects a specific language code from within an audio source. LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies a time delta in milliseconds to offset the audio from the input // video. Offset *int64 `locationName:"offset" type:"integer"` // Selects a specific PID from within an audio source (e.g. 257 selects PID // 0x101). Pids []int64 `locationName:"pids" type:"list"` // Applies only when input streams contain Dolby E. Enter the program ID (according // to the metadata in the audio) of the Dolby E program to extract from the // specified track. One program extracted per audio selector. To select multiple // programs, create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program // numbers. "All channels" means to ignore the program IDs and include all the // channels in this selector; useful if metadata is known to be incorrect. ProgramSelection *int64 `locationName:"programSelection" type:"integer"` // Advanced audio remixing settings. RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"` // Specifies the type of the audio selector. SelectorType AudioSelectorType `locationName:"selectorType" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Identify the channel to include in this selector by entering the 1-based // track index. To combine several tracks, enter a comma-separated list, e.g. // "1,2,3" for tracks 1-3. Tracks []int64 `locationName:"tracks" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Selector for Audio Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AudioSelector
func (AudioSelector) GoString ¶
func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (AudioSelector) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s AudioSelector) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (AudioSelector) String ¶
func (s AudioSelector) String() string
String returns the string representation
type AudioSelectorGroup ¶
type AudioSelectorGroup struct { // Name of an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector within the same input // to include in the group. Audio selector names are standardized, based on // their order within the input (e.g. "Audio Selector 1"). The audio_selector_name // parameter can be repeated to add any number of audio selectors to the group. AudioSelectorNames []string `locationName:"audioSelectorNames" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Group of Audio Selectors Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AudioSelectorGroup
func (AudioSelectorGroup) GoString ¶
func (s AudioSelectorGroup) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (AudioSelectorGroup) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s AudioSelectorGroup) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (AudioSelectorGroup) String ¶
func (s AudioSelectorGroup) String() string
String returns the string representation
type AudioSelectorType ¶
type AudioSelectorType string
Specifies the type of the audio selector.
const ( AudioSelectorTypePid AudioSelectorType = "PID" AudioSelectorTypeTrack AudioSelectorType = "TRACK" AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode AudioSelectorType = "LANGUAGE_CODE" )
Enum values for AudioSelectorType
func (AudioSelectorType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioSelectorType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AudioSelectorType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioSelectorType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AudioTypeControl ¶
type AudioTypeControl string
When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD.
const ( AudioTypeControlFollowInput AudioTypeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT" AudioTypeControlUseConfigured AudioTypeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED" )
Enum values for AudioTypeControl
func (AudioTypeControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioTypeControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (AudioTypeControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum AudioTypeControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type AvailBlanking ¶
type AvailBlanking struct { // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png // images are supported. AvailBlankingImage *string `locationName:"availBlankingImage" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for Avail Blanking Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AvailBlanking
func (AvailBlanking) GoString ¶
func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (AvailBlanking) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s AvailBlanking) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (AvailBlanking) String ¶
func (s AvailBlanking) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BurninDestinationSettings ¶
type BurninDestinationSettings struct { // If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to // centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, // setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. // If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. Alignment BurninSubtitleAlignment `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and // DVB-Sub font settings must match. BackgroundColor BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font // settings must match. FontColor BurninSubtitleFontColor `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.All burn-in and // DVB-Sub font settings must match. FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" type:"integer"` // A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for // automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must // match. FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"` // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings // must match. OutlineColor BurninSubtitleOutlineColor `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font // settings must match. OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub // font settings must match. ShadowColor BurninSubtitleShadowColor `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` // Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used // to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs // and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. TeletextSpacing BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Burn-In Destination Settings. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/BurninDestinationSettings
func (BurninDestinationSettings) GoString ¶
func (s BurninDestinationSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (BurninDestinationSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s BurninDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (BurninDestinationSettings) String ¶
func (s BurninDestinationSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type BurninSubtitleAlignment ¶
type BurninSubtitleAlignment string
If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
const ( BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered BurninSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED" BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft BurninSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleAlignment
func (BurninSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (BurninSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor ¶
type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor string
Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
const ( BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE" BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK" BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor
func (BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type BurninSubtitleFontColor ¶
type BurninSubtitleFontColor string
Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
const ( BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite BurninSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE" BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK" BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow BurninSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW" BurninSubtitleFontColorRed BurninSubtitleFontColor = "RED" BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen BurninSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN" BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleFontColor
func (BurninSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (BurninSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor ¶
type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor string
Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
const ( BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK" BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE" BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW" BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED" BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN" BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleOutlineColor
func (BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type BurninSubtitleShadowColor ¶
type BurninSubtitleShadowColor string
Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
const ( BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE" BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK" BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleShadowColor
func (BurninSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (BurninSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing ¶
type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing string
Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs.
const ( BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID" BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL" )
Enum values for BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing
func (BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type CancelJobInput ¶
type CancelJobInput struct { // The Job ID of the job to be cancelled. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Cancel a job by sending a request with the job ID Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJobRequest
func (CancelJobInput) GoString ¶
func (s CancelJobInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CancelJobInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CancelJobInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CancelJobInput) String ¶
func (s CancelJobInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*CancelJobInput) Validate ¶
func (s *CancelJobInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type CancelJobOutput ¶
type CancelJobOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
A cancel job request will receive a response with an empty body. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJobResponse
func (CancelJobOutput) GoString ¶
func (s CancelJobOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CancelJobOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CancelJobOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CancelJobOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s CancelJobOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (CancelJobOutput) String ¶
func (s CancelJobOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CancelJobRequest ¶
type CancelJobRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CancelJobInput Copy func(*CancelJobInput) CancelJobRequest }
CancelJobRequest is a API request type for the CancelJob API operation.
func (CancelJobRequest) Send ¶
func (r CancelJobRequest) Send() (*CancelJobOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the CancelJob API request.
type CaptionDescription ¶
type CaptionDescription struct { // Specifies which "Caption Selector":#inputs-caption_selector to use from each // input when generating captions. The name should be of the format "Caption // Selector ", which denotes that the Nth Caption Selector will be used from // each input. CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" type:"string"` // Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings // are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext. DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"` // Indicates the language of the caption output track. LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. // English, or Spanish). Alphanumeric characters, spaces, and underscore are // legal. LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Description of Caption output Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CaptionDescription
func (CaptionDescription) GoString ¶
func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CaptionDescription) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CaptionDescription) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CaptionDescription) String ¶
func (s CaptionDescription) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CaptionDescriptionPreset ¶
type CaptionDescriptionPreset struct { // Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings // are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext. DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"` // Indicates the language of the caption output track. LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. // English, or Spanish). Alphanumeric characters, spaces, and underscore are // legal. LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Caption Description for preset Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CaptionDescriptionPreset
func (CaptionDescriptionPreset) GoString ¶
func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CaptionDescriptionPreset) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CaptionDescriptionPreset) String ¶
func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CaptionDestinationSettings ¶
type CaptionDestinationSettings struct { // Burn-In Destination Settings. BurninDestinationSettings *BurninDestinationSettings `locationName:"burninDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` // Type of Caption output, including Burn-In, Embedded, SCC, SRT, TTML, WebVTT, // DVB-Sub, Teletext. DestinationType CaptionDestinationType `locationName:"destinationType" type:"string" enum:"true"` // DVB-Sub Destination Settings DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` // Settings for SCC caption output. SccDestinationSettings *SccDestinationSettings `locationName:"sccDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` // Settings for Teletext caption output TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` // Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information // (TtmlStylePassthrough). TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CaptionDestinationSettings
func (CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString ¶
func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CaptionDestinationSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CaptionDestinationSettings) String ¶
func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CaptionDestinationType ¶
type CaptionDestinationType string
Type of Caption output, including Burn-In, Embedded, SCC, SRT, TTML, WebVTT, DVB-Sub, Teletext.
const ( CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn CaptionDestinationType = "BURN_IN" CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub CaptionDestinationType = "DVB_SUB" CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED" CaptionDestinationTypeScc CaptionDestinationType = "SCC" CaptionDestinationTypeSrt CaptionDestinationType = "SRT" CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext CaptionDestinationType = "TELETEXT" CaptionDestinationTypeTtml CaptionDestinationType = "TTML" CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt CaptionDestinationType = "WEBVTT" )
Enum values for CaptionDestinationType
func (CaptionDestinationType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum CaptionDestinationType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (CaptionDestinationType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum CaptionDestinationType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type CaptionSelector ¶
type CaptionSelector struct { // The specific language to extract from source. If input is SCTE-27, complete // this field and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input // is DVB-Sub and output is Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or // PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is // being passed through, omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to // extract a specific language with pass-through captions. LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Source settings (SourceSettings) contains the group of settings for captions // in the input. SourceSettings *CaptionSourceSettings `locationName:"sourceSettings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Caption inputs to be mapped to caption outputs. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CaptionSelector
func (CaptionSelector) GoString ¶
func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CaptionSelector) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CaptionSelector) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CaptionSelector) String ¶
func (s CaptionSelector) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CaptionSourceSettings ¶
type CaptionSourceSettings struct { // Settings for ancillary captions source. AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings `locationName:"ancillarySourceSettings" type:"structure"` // DVB Sub Source Settings DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"` // Settings for embedded captions Source EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"` // Settings for File-based Captions in Source FileSourceSettings *FileSourceSettings `locationName:"fileSourceSettings" type:"structure"` // Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The // service cannot auto-detect caption format. SourceType CaptionSourceType `locationName:"sourceType" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number. TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Source settings (SourceSettings) contains the group of settings for captions in the input. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CaptionSourceSettings
func (CaptionSourceSettings) GoString ¶
func (s CaptionSourceSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CaptionSourceSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CaptionSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CaptionSourceSettings) String ¶
func (s CaptionSourceSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CaptionSourceType ¶
type CaptionSourceType string
Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The service cannot auto-detect caption format.
const ( CaptionSourceTypeAncillary CaptionSourceType = "ANCILLARY" CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub CaptionSourceType = "DVB_SUB" CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded CaptionSourceType = "EMBEDDED" CaptionSourceTypeScc CaptionSourceType = "SCC" CaptionSourceTypeTtml CaptionSourceType = "TTML" CaptionSourceTypeStl CaptionSourceType = "STL" CaptionSourceTypeSrt CaptionSourceType = "SRT" CaptionSourceTypeTeletext CaptionSourceType = "TELETEXT" CaptionSourceTypeNullSource CaptionSourceType = "NULL_SOURCE" )
Enum values for CaptionSourceType
func (CaptionSourceType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum CaptionSourceType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (CaptionSourceType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum CaptionSourceType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ChannelMapping ¶
type ChannelMapping struct { // List of output channels OutputChannels []OutputChannelMapping `locationName:"outputChannels" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ChannelMapping
func (ChannelMapping) GoString ¶
func (s ChannelMapping) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ChannelMapping) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ChannelMapping) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ChannelMapping) String ¶
func (s ChannelMapping) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ColorCorrector ¶
type ColorCorrector struct { // Brightness level. Brightness *int64 `locationName:"brightness" type:"integer"` // Determines if colorspace conversion will be performed. If set to _None_, // no conversion will be performed. If _Force 601_ or _Force 709_ are selected, // conversion will be performed for inputs with differing colorspaces. An input's // colorspace can be specified explicitly in the "Video Selector":#inputs-video_selector // if necessary. ColorSpaceConversion ColorSpaceConversion `locationName:"colorSpaceConversion" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Contrast level. Contrast *int64 `locationName:"contrast" type:"integer"` // Use the HDR master display (Hdr10Metadata) settings to provide values for // HDR color. These values vary depending on the input video and must be provided // by a color grader. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 // in CIE1931 color coordinate. Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"` // Hue in degrees. Hue *int64 `locationName:"hue" type:"integer"` // Saturation level. Saturation *int64 `locationName:"saturation" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for color correction. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ColorCorrector
func (ColorCorrector) GoString ¶
func (s ColorCorrector) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ColorCorrector) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ColorCorrector) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ColorCorrector) String ¶
func (s ColorCorrector) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ColorMetadata ¶
type ColorMetadata string
Enable Insert color metadata (ColorMetadata) to include color metadata in this output. This setting is enabled by default.
const ( ColorMetadataIgnore ColorMetadata = "IGNORE" ColorMetadataInsert ColorMetadata = "INSERT" )
Enum values for ColorMetadata
func (ColorMetadata) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ColorMetadata) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ColorMetadata) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ColorMetadata) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ColorSpace ¶
type ColorSpace string
Specifies the colorspace of an input. This setting works in tandem with "Color Corrector":#color_corrector > color_space_conversion to determine if any conversion will be performed.
const ( ColorSpaceFollow ColorSpace = "FOLLOW" ColorSpaceRec601 ColorSpace = "REC_601" ColorSpaceRec709 ColorSpace = "REC_709" ColorSpaceHdr10 ColorSpace = "HDR10" ColorSpaceHlg2020 ColorSpace = "HLG_2020" )
Enum values for ColorSpace
func (ColorSpace) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ColorSpace) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ColorSpace) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ColorSpace) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ColorSpaceConversion ¶
type ColorSpaceConversion string
Determines if colorspace conversion will be performed. If set to _None_, no conversion will be performed. If _Force 601_ or _Force 709_ are selected, conversion will be performed for inputs with differing colorspaces. An input's colorspace can be specified explicitly in the "Video Selector":#inputs-video_selector if necessary.
const ( ColorSpaceConversionNone ColorSpaceConversion = "NONE" ColorSpaceConversionForce601 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_601" ColorSpaceConversionForce709 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_709" ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HDR10" ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HLG_2020" )
Enum values for ColorSpaceConversion
func (ColorSpaceConversion) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ColorSpaceConversion) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ColorSpaceConversion) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ColorSpaceConversion) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ColorSpaceUsage ¶
type ColorSpaceUsage string
There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job configuration. This enum controls which takes precedence. FORCE: System will use color metadata supplied by user, if any. If the user does not supply color metadata the system will use data from the source. FALLBACK: System will use color metadata from the source. If source has no color metadata, the system will use user-supplied color metadata values if available.
const ( ColorSpaceUsageForce ColorSpaceUsage = "FORCE" ColorSpaceUsageFallback ColorSpaceUsage = "FALLBACK" )
Enum values for ColorSpaceUsage
func (ColorSpaceUsage) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ColorSpaceUsage) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ColorSpaceUsage) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ColorSpaceUsage) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ContainerSettings ¶
type ContainerSettings struct { // Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object. // If not specified, the default object will be created. Container ContainerType `locationName:"container" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Settings for F4v container F4vSettings *F4vSettings `locationName:"f4vSettings" type:"structure"` // Settings for M2TS Container. M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` // Settings for TS segments in HLS M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure"` // Settings for MOV Container. MovSettings *MovSettings `locationName:"movSettings" type:"structure"` // Settings for MP4 Container Mp4Settings *Mp4Settings `locationName:"mp4Settings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Container specific settings. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ContainerSettings
func (ContainerSettings) GoString ¶
func (s ContainerSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ContainerSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ContainerSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ContainerSettings) String ¶
func (s ContainerSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ContainerType ¶
type ContainerType string
Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object. If not specified, the default object will be created.
const ( ContainerTypeF4v ContainerType = "F4V" ContainerTypeIsmv ContainerType = "ISMV" ContainerTypeM2ts ContainerType = "M2TS" ContainerTypeM3u8 ContainerType = "M3U8" ContainerTypeMov ContainerType = "MOV" ContainerTypeMp4 ContainerType = "MP4" ContainerTypeMpd ContainerType = "MPD" ContainerTypeMxf ContainerType = "MXF" ContainerTypeRaw ContainerType = "RAW" )
Enum values for ContainerType
func (ContainerType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ContainerType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ContainerType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ContainerType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type CreateJobInput ¶
type CreateJobInput struct { // Idempotency token for CreateJob operation. ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` // When you create a job, you can either specify a job template or specify the // transcoding settings individually JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"` // Optional. When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If // you don't specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, // see the User Guide topic at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html. Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` // Required. The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions, // see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html. Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string"` // JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job. Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` // User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job. // You specify metadata in key/value pairs. UserMetadata map[string]string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Send your create job request with your job settings and IAM role. Optionally, include user metadata and the ARN for the queue. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobRequest
func (CreateJobInput) GoString ¶
func (s CreateJobInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CreateJobInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CreateJobInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CreateJobInput) String ¶
func (s CreateJobInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateJobOutput ¶
type CreateJobOutput struct { // Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, // see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful create job requests will return the job JSON. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobResponse
func (CreateJobOutput) GoString ¶
func (s CreateJobOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CreateJobOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CreateJobOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CreateJobOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s CreateJobOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (CreateJobOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateJobRequest ¶
type CreateJobRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateJobInput Copy func(*CreateJobInput) CreateJobRequest }
CreateJobRequest is a API request type for the CreateJob API operation.
func (CreateJobRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateJobRequest) Send() (*CreateJobOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateJob API request.
type CreateJobTemplateInput ¶
type CreateJobTemplateInput struct { // Optional. A category for the job template you are creating Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` // Optional. A description of the job template you are creating. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The name of the job template you are creating. Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` // Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to. // If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue. Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template // that will be applied to jobs created from it. Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Send your create job template request with the name of the template and the JSON for the template. The template JSON should include everything in a valid job, except for input location and filename, IAM role, and user metadata. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplateRequest
func (CreateJobTemplateInput) GoString ¶
func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CreateJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CreateJobTemplateInput) String ¶
func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateJobTemplateOutput ¶
type CreateJobTemplateOutput struct { // A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use // to quickly create a job. JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful create job template requests will return the template JSON. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplateResponse
func (CreateJobTemplateOutput) GoString ¶
func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CreateJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CreateJobTemplateOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (CreateJobTemplateOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateJobTemplateRequest ¶
type CreateJobTemplateRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateJobTemplateInput Copy func(*CreateJobTemplateInput) CreateJobTemplateRequest }
CreateJobTemplateRequest is a API request type for the CreateJobTemplate API operation.
func (CreateJobTemplateRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateJobTemplateRequest) Send() (*CreateJobTemplateOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateJobTemplate API request.
type CreatePresetInput ¶
type CreatePresetInput struct { // Optional. A category for the preset you are creating. Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` // Optional. A description of the preset you are creating. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The name of the preset you are creating. Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` // Settings for preset Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Send your create preset request with the name of the preset and the JSON for the output settings specified by the preset. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePresetRequest
func (CreatePresetInput) GoString ¶
func (s CreatePresetInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CreatePresetInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CreatePresetInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CreatePresetInput) String ¶
func (s CreatePresetInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreatePresetOutput ¶
type CreatePresetOutput struct { // A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that // you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful create preset requests will return the preset JSON. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePresetResponse
func (CreatePresetOutput) GoString ¶
func (s CreatePresetOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CreatePresetOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CreatePresetOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CreatePresetOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s CreatePresetOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (CreatePresetOutput) String ¶
func (s CreatePresetOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreatePresetRequest ¶
type CreatePresetRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreatePresetInput Copy func(*CreatePresetInput) CreatePresetRequest }
CreatePresetRequest is a API request type for the CreatePreset API operation.
func (CreatePresetRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreatePresetRequest) Send() (*CreatePresetOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreatePreset API request.
type CreateQueueInput ¶
type CreateQueueInput struct { // Optional. A description of the queue you are creating. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The name of the queue you are creating. Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Send your create queue request with the name of the queue. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueueRequest
func (CreateQueueInput) GoString ¶
func (s CreateQueueInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CreateQueueInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CreateQueueInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CreateQueueInput) String ¶
func (s CreateQueueInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateQueueOutput ¶
type CreateQueueOutput struct { // MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs // are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues // to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful create queue requests will return the name of the queue you just created and information about it. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueueResponse
func (CreateQueueOutput) GoString ¶
func (s CreateQueueOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (CreateQueueOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s CreateQueueOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (CreateQueueOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s CreateQueueOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (CreateQueueOutput) String ¶
func (s CreateQueueOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type CreateQueueRequest ¶
type CreateQueueRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *CreateQueueInput Copy func(*CreateQueueInput) CreateQueueRequest }
CreateQueueRequest is a API request type for the CreateQueue API operation.
func (CreateQueueRequest) Send ¶
func (r CreateQueueRequest) Send() (*CreateQueueOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the CreateQueue API request.
type DashIsoEncryptionSettings ¶
type DashIsoEncryptionSettings struct { // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies DRM settings for DASH outputs. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DashIsoEncryptionSettings
func (DashIsoEncryptionSettings) GoString ¶
func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DashIsoEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DashIsoEncryptionSettings) String ¶
func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DashIsoGroupSettings ¶
type DashIsoGroupSettings struct { // A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest (.mpd) file at the // top level BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different // URL than the manifest file. BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"` // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the // first input file. Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` // DRM settings. Encryption *DashIsoEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` // Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible // with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe // after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When // Emit Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output // file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other // output types. FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" type:"integer"` // Supports HbbTV specification as indicated HbbtvCompliance DashIsoHbbtvCompliance `locationName:"hbbtvCompliance" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth // playout. MinBufferTime *int64 `locationName:"minBufferTime" type:"integer"` // When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally // segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES, // separate segment files will be created. SegmentControl DashIsoSegmentControl `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Length of mpd segments to create (in seconds). Note that segments will end // on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual segment length // may be longer. When Emit Single File is checked, the segmentation is internal // to a single output file and it does not cause the creation of many output // files as in other output types. SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DashIsoGroupSettings
func (DashIsoGroupSettings) GoString ¶
func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DashIsoGroupSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DashIsoGroupSettings) String ¶
func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance ¶
type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance string
Supports HbbTV specification as indicated
const ( DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "HBBTV_1_5" DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "NONE" )
Enum values for DashIsoHbbtvCompliance
func (DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DashIsoSegmentControl ¶
type DashIsoSegmentControl string
When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created.
const ( DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile DashIsoSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE" DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles DashIsoSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES" )
Enum values for DashIsoSegmentControl
func (DashIsoSegmentControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DashIsoSegmentControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DashIsoSegmentControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DashIsoSegmentControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DeinterlaceAlgorithm ¶
type DeinterlaceAlgorithm string
Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace (DEINTERLACE) or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) produces sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling headline at the bottom of the frame.
const ( DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE_TICKER" DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND" DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND_TICKER" )
Enum values for DeinterlaceAlgorithm
func (DeinterlaceAlgorithm) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DeinterlaceAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DeinterlaceAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DeinterlaceAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Deinterlacer ¶
type Deinterlacer struct { // Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace (DEINTERLACE) // or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) produces // sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) // OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling // headline at the bottom of the frame. Algorithm DeinterlaceAlgorithm `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"` // - When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames // that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that // are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer // converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged // as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the // metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. // Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive // into progressive will probably result in lower quality video. Control DeinterlacerControl `locationName:"control" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. // Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive. // - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p. // - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive. Mode DeinterlacerMode `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for deinterlacer Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Deinterlacer
func (Deinterlacer) GoString ¶
func (s Deinterlacer) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (Deinterlacer) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Deinterlacer) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (Deinterlacer) String ¶
func (s Deinterlacer) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeinterlacerControl ¶
type DeinterlacerControl string
- When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive into progressive will probably result in lower quality video.
const ( DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames DeinterlacerControl = "FORCE_ALL_FRAMES" DeinterlacerControlNormal DeinterlacerControl = "NORMAL" )
Enum values for DeinterlacerControl
func (DeinterlacerControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DeinterlacerControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DeinterlacerControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DeinterlacerControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DeinterlacerMode ¶
type DeinterlacerMode string
Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive. - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p. - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive.
const ( DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace DeinterlacerMode = "DEINTERLACE" DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine DeinterlacerMode = "INVERSE_TELECINE" DeinterlacerModeAdaptive DeinterlacerMode = "ADAPTIVE" )
Enum values for DeinterlacerMode
func (DeinterlacerMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DeinterlacerMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DeinterlacerMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DeinterlacerMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DeleteJobTemplateInput ¶
type DeleteJobTemplateInput struct { // The name of the job template to be deleted. // // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Delete a job template by sending a request with the job template name Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplateRequest
func (DeleteJobTemplateInput) GoString ¶
func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DeleteJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DeleteJobTemplateInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteJobTemplateInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteJobTemplateInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteJobTemplateOutput ¶
type DeleteJobTemplateOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
Delete job template requests will return an OK message or error message with an empty body. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplateResponse
func (DeleteJobTemplateOutput) GoString ¶
func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DeleteJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DeleteJobTemplateOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (DeleteJobTemplateOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteJobTemplateRequest ¶
type DeleteJobTemplateRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteJobTemplateInput Copy func(*DeleteJobTemplateInput) DeleteJobTemplateRequest }
DeleteJobTemplateRequest is a API request type for the DeleteJobTemplate API operation.
func (DeleteJobTemplateRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteJobTemplateRequest) Send() (*DeleteJobTemplateOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteJobTemplate API request.
type DeletePresetInput ¶
type DeletePresetInput struct { // The name of the preset to be deleted. // // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Delete a preset by sending a request with the preset name Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePresetRequest
func (DeletePresetInput) GoString ¶
func (s DeletePresetInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DeletePresetInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DeletePresetInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DeletePresetInput) String ¶
func (s DeletePresetInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeletePresetInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeletePresetInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeletePresetOutput ¶
type DeletePresetOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
Delete preset requests will return an OK message or error message with an empty body. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePresetResponse
func (DeletePresetOutput) GoString ¶
func (s DeletePresetOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DeletePresetOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DeletePresetOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DeletePresetOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s DeletePresetOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (DeletePresetOutput) String ¶
func (s DeletePresetOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeletePresetRequest ¶
type DeletePresetRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeletePresetInput Copy func(*DeletePresetInput) DeletePresetRequest }
DeletePresetRequest is a API request type for the DeletePreset API operation.
func (DeletePresetRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeletePresetRequest) Send() (*DeletePresetOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeletePreset API request.
type DeleteQueueInput ¶
type DeleteQueueInput struct { // The name of the queue to be deleted. // // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Delete a queue by sending a request with the queue name Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueueRequest
func (DeleteQueueInput) GoString ¶
func (s DeleteQueueInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DeleteQueueInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DeleteQueueInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DeleteQueueInput) String ¶
func (s DeleteQueueInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*DeleteQueueInput) Validate ¶
func (s *DeleteQueueInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type DeleteQueueOutput ¶
type DeleteQueueOutput struct {
// contains filtered or unexported fields
}
Delete queue requests will return an OK message or error message with an empty body. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueueResponse
func (DeleteQueueOutput) GoString ¶
func (s DeleteQueueOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DeleteQueueOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DeleteQueueOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DeleteQueueOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s DeleteQueueOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (DeleteQueueOutput) String ¶
func (s DeleteQueueOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DeleteQueueRequest ¶
type DeleteQueueRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DeleteQueueInput Copy func(*DeleteQueueInput) DeleteQueueRequest }
DeleteQueueRequest is a API request type for the DeleteQueue API operation.
func (DeleteQueueRequest) Send ¶
func (r DeleteQueueRequest) Send() (*DeleteQueueOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the DeleteQueue API request.
type DescribeEndpointsInput ¶
type DescribeEndpointsInput struct { // Optional. Max number of endpoints, up to twenty, that will be returned at // one time. MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request // the next batch of endpoints. NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your account API endpoint. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpointsRequest
func (DescribeEndpointsInput) GoString ¶
func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DescribeEndpointsInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DescribeEndpointsInput) String ¶
func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DescribeEndpointsOutput ¶
type DescribeEndpointsOutput struct { // List of endpoints Endpoints []Endpoint `locationName:"endpoints" type:"list"` // Use this string to request the next batch of endpoints. NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful describe endpoints requests will return your account API endpoint. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpointsResponse
func (DescribeEndpointsOutput) GoString ¶
func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DescribeEndpointsOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DescribeEndpointsOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (DescribeEndpointsOutput) String ¶
func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DescribeEndpointsRequest ¶
type DescribeEndpointsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *DescribeEndpointsInput Copy func(*DescribeEndpointsInput) DescribeEndpointsRequest }
DescribeEndpointsRequest is a API request type for the DescribeEndpoints API operation.
func (DescribeEndpointsRequest) Send ¶
func (r DescribeEndpointsRequest) Send() (*DescribeEndpointsOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the DescribeEndpoints API request.
type DropFrameTimecode ¶
type DropFrameTimecode string
Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled.
const ( DropFrameTimecodeDisabled DropFrameTimecode = "DISABLED" DropFrameTimecodeEnabled DropFrameTimecode = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for DropFrameTimecode
func (DropFrameTimecode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DropFrameTimecode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DropFrameTimecode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DropFrameTimecode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DvbNitSettings ¶
type DvbNitSettings struct { // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT). NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer"` // The network name text placed in the network_name_descriptor inside the Network // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" type:"string"` // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. NitInterval *int64 `locationName:"nitInterval" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DvbNitSettings
func (DvbNitSettings) GoString ¶
func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DvbNitSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DvbNitSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DvbNitSettings) String ¶
func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DvbSdtSettings ¶
type DvbSdtSettings struct { // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input // SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input // SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream // if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on // the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT // information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information. OutputSdt OutputSdt `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"true"` // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. SdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"sdtInterval" type:"integer"` // The service name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service Description // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string"` // The service provider name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DvbSdtSettings
func (DvbSdtSettings) GoString ¶
func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DvbSdtSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DvbSdtSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DvbSdtSettings) String ¶
func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DvbSubDestinationSettings ¶
type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct { // If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to // centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, // setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. // If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. Alignment DvbSubtitleAlignment `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and // DVB-Sub font settings must match. BackgroundColor DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font // settings must match. FontColor DvbSubtitleFontColor `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.All burn-in and // DVB-Sub font settings must match. FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" type:"integer"` // A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for // automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must // match. FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"` // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings // must match. OutlineColor DvbSubtitleOutlineColor `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font // settings must match. OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub // font settings must match. ShadowColor DvbSubtitleShadowColor `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` // Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used // to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs // and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. TeletextSpacing DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DVB-Sub Destination Settings Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DvbSubDestinationSettings
func (DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString ¶
func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DvbSubDestinationSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DvbSubDestinationSettings) String ¶
func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DvbSubSourceSettings ¶
type DvbSubSourceSettings struct { // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, // regardless of selectors. Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
DVB Sub Source Settings Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DvbSubSourceSettings
func (DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString ¶
func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DvbSubSourceSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DvbSubSourceSettings) String ¶
func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type DvbSubtitleAlignment ¶
type DvbSubtitleAlignment string
If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
const ( DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered DvbSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED" DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft DvbSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleAlignment
func (DvbSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DvbSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor ¶
type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor string
Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
const ( DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE" DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK" DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor
func (DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DvbSubtitleFontColor ¶
type DvbSubtitleFontColor string
Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
const ( DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite DvbSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE" DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK" DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow DvbSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW" DvbSubtitleFontColorRed DvbSubtitleFontColor = "RED" DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen DvbSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN" DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleFontColor
func (DvbSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DvbSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor ¶
type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor string
Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
const ( DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK" DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE" DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW" DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED" DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN" DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleOutlineColor
func (DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DvbSubtitleShadowColor ¶
type DvbSubtitleShadowColor string
Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
const ( DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE" DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK" DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleShadowColor
func (DvbSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DvbSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing ¶
type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing string
Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs.
const ( DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID" DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL" )
Enum values for DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing
func (DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type DvbTdtSettings ¶
type DvbTdtSettings struct { // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. TdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"tdtInterval" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DvbTdtSettings
func (DvbTdtSettings) GoString ¶
func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (DvbTdtSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s DvbTdtSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (DvbTdtSettings) String ¶
func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Eac3AttenuationControl ¶
type Eac3AttenuationControl string
If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
const ( Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db Eac3AttenuationControl = "ATTENUATE_3_DB" Eac3AttenuationControlNone Eac3AttenuationControl = "NONE" )
Enum values for Eac3AttenuationControl
func (Eac3AttenuationControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3AttenuationControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3AttenuationControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3AttenuationControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3BitstreamMode ¶
type Eac3BitstreamMode string
Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values.
const ( Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN" Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY" Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency Eac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY" Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired Eac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Eac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" )
Enum values for Eac3BitstreamMode
func (Eac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3CodingMode ¶
type Eac3CodingMode string
Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
const ( Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0" Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0" Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2" )
Enum values for Eac3CodingMode
func (Eac3CodingMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3CodingMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3CodingMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3CodingMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3DcFilter ¶
type Eac3DcFilter string
Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
const ( Eac3DcFilterEnabled Eac3DcFilter = "ENABLED" Eac3DcFilterDisabled Eac3DcFilter = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Eac3DcFilter
func (Eac3DcFilter) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3DcFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3DcFilter) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3DcFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine ¶
type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine string
Enables Dynamic Range Compression that restricts the absolute peak level for a signal.
const ( Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH" )
Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine
func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf ¶
type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf string
Enables Heavy Dynamic Range Compression, ensures that the instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels.
const ( Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT" Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH" )
Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf
func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3LfeControl ¶
type Eac3LfeControl string
When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled
const ( Eac3LfeControlLfe Eac3LfeControl = "LFE" Eac3LfeControlNoLfe Eac3LfeControl = "NO_LFE" )
Enum values for Eac3LfeControl
func (Eac3LfeControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3LfeControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3LfeControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3LfeControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3LfeFilter ¶
type Eac3LfeFilter string
Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
const ( Eac3LfeFilterEnabled Eac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED" Eac3LfeFilterDisabled Eac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Eac3LfeFilter
func (Eac3LfeFilter) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3LfeFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3LfeFilter) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3LfeFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3MetadataControl ¶
type Eac3MetadataControl string
When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
const ( Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput Eac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT" Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Eac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED" )
Enum values for Eac3MetadataControl
func (Eac3MetadataControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3MetadataControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3MetadataControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3MetadataControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3PassthroughControl ¶
type Eac3PassthroughControl string
When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
const ( Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible Eac3PassthroughControl = "WHEN_POSSIBLE" Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough Eac3PassthroughControl = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" )
Enum values for Eac3PassthroughControl
func (Eac3PassthroughControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3PassthroughControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3PassthroughControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3PassthroughControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3PhaseControl ¶
type Eac3PhaseControl string
Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
const ( Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees Eac3PhaseControl = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES" Eac3PhaseControlNoShift Eac3PhaseControl = "NO_SHIFT" )
Enum values for Eac3PhaseControl
func (Eac3PhaseControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3PhaseControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3PhaseControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3PhaseControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3Settings ¶
type Eac3Settings struct { // If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. // Only used for 3/2 coding mode. AttenuationControl Eac3AttenuationControl `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` // Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See // ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values. BitstreamMode Eac3BitstreamMode `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. CodingMode Eac3CodingMode `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. DcFilter Eac3DcFilter `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through. Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" type:"integer"` // Enables Dynamic Range Compression that restricts the absolute peak level // for a signal. DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionLine" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Enables Heavy Dynamic Range Compression, ensures that the instantaneous signal // peaks do not exceed specified levels. DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionRf" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled LfeControl Eac3LfeControl `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only // valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. LfeFilter Eac3LfeFilter `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid // values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` // Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid // values: -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` // Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid // values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` // Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid // values: -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. MetadataControl Eac3MetadataControl `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is // present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent // DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. PassthroughControl Eac3PassthroughControl `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only // used for 3/2 coding mode. PhaseControl Eac3PhaseControl `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Sample rate in hz. Sample rate is always 48000. SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` // Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. StereoDownmix Eac3StereoDownmix `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel // is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. SurroundExMode Eac3SurroundExMode `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into // the two channels. SurroundMode Eac3SurroundMode `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Eac3Settings
func (Eac3Settings) GoString ¶
func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (Eac3Settings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Eac3Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (Eac3Settings) String ¶
func (s Eac3Settings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Eac3StereoDownmix ¶
type Eac3StereoDownmix string
Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
const ( Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated Eac3StereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED" Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo Eac3StereoDownmix = "LO_RO" Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt Eac3StereoDownmix = "LT_RT" Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 Eac3StereoDownmix = "DPL2" )
Enum values for Eac3StereoDownmix
func (Eac3StereoDownmix) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3StereoDownmix) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3StereoDownmix) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3StereoDownmix) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3SurroundExMode ¶
type Eac3SurroundExMode string
When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
const ( Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED" Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled Eac3SurroundExMode = "ENABLED" Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled Eac3SurroundExMode = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Eac3SurroundExMode
func (Eac3SurroundExMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3SurroundExMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3SurroundExMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3SurroundExMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Eac3SurroundMode ¶
type Eac3SurroundMode string
When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into the two channels.
const ( Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundMode = "NOT_INDICATED" Eac3SurroundModeEnabled Eac3SurroundMode = "ENABLED" Eac3SurroundModeDisabled Eac3SurroundMode = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for Eac3SurroundMode
func (Eac3SurroundMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3SurroundMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Eac3SurroundMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Eac3SurroundMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type EmbeddedConvert608To708 ¶
type EmbeddedConvert608To708 string
When set to UPCONVERT, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data present in the source content will be discarded.
const ( EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT" EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for EmbeddedConvert608To708
func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum EmbeddedConvert608To708) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum EmbeddedConvert608To708) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type EmbeddedSourceSettings ¶
type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct { // When set to UPCONVERT, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data // present in the source content will be discarded. Convert608To708 EmbeddedConvert608To708 `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" type:"integer"` // Specifies the video track index used for extracting captions. The system // only supports one input video track, so this should always be set to '1'. Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for embedded captions Source Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/EmbeddedSourceSettings
func (EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString ¶
func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (EmbeddedSourceSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (EmbeddedSourceSettings) String ¶
func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Endpoint ¶
type Endpoint struct { // URL of endpoint Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Describes account specific API endpoint Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Endpoint
func (Endpoint) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Endpoint) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
type F4vMoovPlacement ¶
type F4vMoovPlacement string
If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed normally at the end.
const ( F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload F4vMoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD" F4vMoovPlacementNormal F4vMoovPlacement = "NORMAL" )
Enum values for F4vMoovPlacement
func (F4vMoovPlacement) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum F4vMoovPlacement) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (F4vMoovPlacement) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum F4vMoovPlacement) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type F4vSettings ¶
type F4vSettings struct { // If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning // of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed // normally at the end. MoovPlacement F4vMoovPlacement `locationName:"moovPlacement" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for F4v container Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/F4vSettings
func (F4vSettings) GoString ¶
func (s F4vSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (F4vSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s F4vSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (F4vSettings) String ¶
func (s F4vSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type FileGroupSettings ¶
type FileGroupSettings struct { // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the // first input file. Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/FileGroupSettings
func (FileGroupSettings) GoString ¶
func (s FileGroupSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (FileGroupSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s FileGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (FileGroupSettings) String ¶
func (s FileGroupSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type FileSourceConvert608To708 ¶
type FileSourceConvert608To708 string
If set to UPCONVERT, 608 caption data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data present in the source content will be discarded.
const ( FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert FileSourceConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT" FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled FileSourceConvert608To708 = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for FileSourceConvert608To708
func (FileSourceConvert608To708) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum FileSourceConvert608To708) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (FileSourceConvert608To708) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum FileSourceConvert608To708) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type FileSourceSettings ¶
type FileSourceSettings struct { // If set to UPCONVERT, 608 caption data is both passed through via the "608 // compatibility bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into // 708. 708 data present in the source content will be discarded. Convert608To708 FileSourceConvert608To708 `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"true"` // External caption file used for loading captions. Accepted file extensions // are 'scc', 'ttml', 'dfxp', 'stl', 'srt', and 'smi'. SourceFile *string `locationName:"sourceFile" type:"string"` // Specifies a time delta in seconds to offset the captions from the source // file. TimeDelta *int64 `locationName:"timeDelta" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for File-based Captions in Source Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/FileSourceSettings
func (FileSourceSettings) GoString ¶
func (s FileSourceSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (FileSourceSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s FileSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (FileSourceSettings) String ¶
func (s FileSourceSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type FrameCaptureSettings ¶
type FrameCaptureSettings struct { // Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one // frame every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, // settings of framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of // 1/3 frame per second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. // Files will be named as filename.n.jpg where n is the 0-based sequence number // of each Capture. FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` // Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one // frame every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, // settings of framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of // 1/3 frame per second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. // Files will be named as filename.NNNNNNN.jpg where N is the 0-based frame // sequence number zero padded to 7 decimal places. FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` // Maximum number of captures (encoded jpg output files). MaxCaptures *int64 `locationName:"maxCaptures" type:"integer"` // JPEG Quality - a higher value equals higher quality. Quality *int64 `locationName:"quality" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value FRAME_CAPTURE. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/FrameCaptureSettings
func (FrameCaptureSettings) GoString ¶
func (s FrameCaptureSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (FrameCaptureSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s FrameCaptureSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (FrameCaptureSettings) String ¶
func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetJobInput ¶
type GetJobInput struct { // the job ID of the job. // // Id is a required field Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Query a job by sending a request with the job ID. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobRequest
func (GetJobInput) GoString ¶
func (s GetJobInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (GetJobInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s GetJobInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (GetJobInput) String ¶
func (s GetJobInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetJobInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetJobInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetJobOutput ¶
type GetJobOutput struct { // Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, // see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful get job requests will return an OK message and the job JSON. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobResponse
func (GetJobOutput) GoString ¶
func (s GetJobOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (GetJobOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s GetJobOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (GetJobOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s GetJobOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (GetJobOutput) String ¶
func (s GetJobOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetJobRequest ¶
type GetJobRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetJobInput Copy func(*GetJobInput) GetJobRequest }
GetJobRequest is a API request type for the GetJob API operation.
func (GetJobRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetJobRequest) Send() (*GetJobOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetJob API request.
type GetJobTemplateInput ¶
type GetJobTemplateInput struct { // The name of the job template. // // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Query a job template by sending a request with the job template name. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplateRequest
func (GetJobTemplateInput) GoString ¶
func (s GetJobTemplateInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (GetJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s GetJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (GetJobTemplateInput) String ¶
func (s GetJobTemplateInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetJobTemplateInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetJobTemplateInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetJobTemplateOutput ¶
type GetJobTemplateOutput struct { // A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use // to quickly create a job. JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful get job template requests will return an OK message and the job template JSON. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplateResponse
func (GetJobTemplateOutput) GoString ¶
func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (GetJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (GetJobTemplateOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (GetJobTemplateOutput) String ¶
func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetJobTemplateRequest ¶
type GetJobTemplateRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetJobTemplateInput Copy func(*GetJobTemplateInput) GetJobTemplateRequest }
GetJobTemplateRequest is a API request type for the GetJobTemplate API operation.
func (GetJobTemplateRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetJobTemplateRequest) Send() (*GetJobTemplateOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetJobTemplate API request.
type GetPresetInput ¶
type GetPresetInput struct { // The name of the preset. // // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Query a preset by sending a request with the preset name. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPresetRequest
func (GetPresetInput) GoString ¶
func (s GetPresetInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (GetPresetInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s GetPresetInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (GetPresetInput) String ¶
func (s GetPresetInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetPresetInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetPresetInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetPresetOutput ¶
type GetPresetOutput struct { // A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that // you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful get preset requests will return an OK message and the preset JSON. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPresetResponse
func (GetPresetOutput) GoString ¶
func (s GetPresetOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (GetPresetOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s GetPresetOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (GetPresetOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s GetPresetOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (GetPresetOutput) String ¶
func (s GetPresetOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetPresetRequest ¶
type GetPresetRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetPresetInput Copy func(*GetPresetInput) GetPresetRequest }
GetPresetRequest is a API request type for the GetPreset API operation.
func (GetPresetRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetPresetRequest) Send() (*GetPresetOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetPreset API request.
type GetQueueInput ¶
type GetQueueInput struct { // The name of the queue. // // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Query a queue by sending a request with the queue name. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueueRequest
func (GetQueueInput) GoString ¶
func (s GetQueueInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (GetQueueInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s GetQueueInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (GetQueueInput) String ¶
func (s GetQueueInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*GetQueueInput) Validate ¶
func (s *GetQueueInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type GetQueueOutput ¶
type GetQueueOutput struct { // MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs // are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues // to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful get queue requests will return an OK message and the queue JSON. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueueResponse
func (GetQueueOutput) GoString ¶
func (s GetQueueOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (GetQueueOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s GetQueueOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (GetQueueOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s GetQueueOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (GetQueueOutput) String ¶
func (s GetQueueOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type GetQueueRequest ¶
type GetQueueRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *GetQueueInput Copy func(*GetQueueInput) GetQueueRequest }
GetQueueRequest is a API request type for the GetQueue API operation.
func (GetQueueRequest) Send ¶
func (r GetQueueRequest) Send() (*GetQueueOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the GetQueue API request.
type H264AdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H264AdaptiveQuantization string
Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual quality.
const ( H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff H264AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF" H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow H264AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW" H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM" H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH" H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER" H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX" )
Enum values for H264AdaptiveQuantization
func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264CodecLevel ¶
type H264CodecLevel string
H.264 Level.
const ( H264CodecLevelAuto H264CodecLevel = "AUTO" H264CodecLevelLevel1 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1" H264CodecLevelLevel11 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_1" H264CodecLevelLevel12 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_2" H264CodecLevelLevel13 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_3" H264CodecLevelLevel2 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2" H264CodecLevelLevel21 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1" H264CodecLevelLevel22 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_2" H264CodecLevelLevel3 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3" H264CodecLevelLevel31 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1" H264CodecLevelLevel32 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_2" H264CodecLevelLevel4 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4" H264CodecLevelLevel41 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1" H264CodecLevelLevel42 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_2" H264CodecLevelLevel5 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5" H264CodecLevelLevel51 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1" H264CodecLevelLevel52 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2" )
Enum values for H264CodecLevel
func (H264CodecLevel) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264CodecLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264CodecProfile ¶
type H264CodecProfile string
H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the AVC-I License.
const ( H264CodecProfileBaseline H264CodecProfile = "BASELINE" H264CodecProfileHigh H264CodecProfile = "HIGH" H264CodecProfileHigh10bit H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_10BIT" H264CodecProfileHigh422 H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422" H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422_10BIT" H264CodecProfileMain H264CodecProfile = "MAIN" )
Enum values for H264CodecProfile
func (H264CodecProfile) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264CodecProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264EntropyEncoding ¶
type H264EntropyEncoding string
Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC.
const ( H264EntropyEncodingCabac H264EntropyEncoding = "CABAC" H264EntropyEncodingCavlc H264EntropyEncoding = "CAVLC" )
Enum values for H264EntropyEncoding
func (H264EntropyEncoding) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264EntropyEncoding) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264EntropyEncoding) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264EntropyEncoding) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264FieldEncoding ¶
type H264FieldEncoding string
Choosing FORCE_FIELD disables PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs.
const ( H264FieldEncodingPaff H264FieldEncoding = "PAFF" H264FieldEncodingForceField H264FieldEncoding = "FORCE_FIELD" )
Enum values for H264FieldEncoding
func (H264FieldEncoding) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264FieldEncoding) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264FieldEncoding) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264FieldEncoding) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames.
const ( H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization
func (H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264FramerateControl ¶
type H264FramerateControl string
Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate.
const ( H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H264FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" H264FramerateControlSpecified H264FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for H264FramerateControl
func (H264FramerateControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264FramerateControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion.
const ( H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm
func (H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264GopBReference ¶
type H264GopBReference string
If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1.
const ( H264GopBReferenceDisabled H264GopBReference = "DISABLED" H264GopBReferenceEnabled H264GopBReference = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264GopBReference
func (H264GopBReference) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264GopBReference) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264GopBReference) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264GopBReference) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264GopSizeUnits ¶
type H264GopSizeUnits string
Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.
const ( H264GopSizeUnitsFrames H264GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES" H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds H264GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS" )
Enum values for H264GopSizeUnits
func (H264GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264InterlaceMode ¶
type H264InterlaceMode string
Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose.
const ( H264InterlaceModeProgressive H264InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE" H264InterlaceModeTopField H264InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD" H264InterlaceModeBottomField H264InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD" H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" )
Enum values for H264InterlaceMode
func (H264InterlaceMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264InterlaceMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264ParControl ¶
type H264ParControl string
Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio.
const ( H264ParControlInitializeFromSource H264ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" H264ParControlSpecified H264ParControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for H264ParControl
func (H264ParControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264ParControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264ParControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264ParControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264QualityTuningLevel ¶
type H264QualityTuningLevel string
Use Quality tuning level (H264QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass video encoding.
const ( H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS" H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ" H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq H264QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ" )
Enum values for H264QualityTuningLevel
func (H264QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264RateControlMode ¶
type H264RateControlMode string
Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) does not write HRD parameters.
const ( H264RateControlModeVbr H264RateControlMode = "VBR" H264RateControlModeCbr H264RateControlMode = "CBR" )
Enum values for H264RateControlMode
func (H264RateControlMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264RateControlMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264RepeatPps ¶
type H264RepeatPps string
Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated.
const ( H264RepeatPpsDisabled H264RepeatPps = "DISABLED" H264RepeatPpsEnabled H264RepeatPps = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264RepeatPps
func (H264RepeatPps) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264RepeatPps) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264RepeatPps) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264RepeatPps) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264SceneChangeDetect ¶
type H264SceneChangeDetect string
Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes).
const ( H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled H264SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED" H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled H264SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264SceneChangeDetect
func (H264SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264Settings ¶
type H264Settings struct { // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual // quality. AdaptiveQuantization H264AdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required for VBR, CBR, and ABR. Five megabits // can be entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as // 500000 or 0.5m. For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded // down to the nearest multiple of 1000. Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` // H.264 Level. CodecLevel H264CodecLevel `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"` // H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the // AVC-I License. CodecProfile H264CodecProfile `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC. EntropyEncoding H264EntropyEncoding `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Choosing FORCE_FIELD disables PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. FieldEncoding H264FieldEncoding `locationName:"fieldEncoding" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. FramerateControl H264FramerateControl `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use framerate conversion, specify // the framerate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use // FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this // example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the // console for transcode jobs that use framerate conversion, provide the value // as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976. FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 // fps. FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` // If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > // 1. GopBReference H264GopBReference `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than // zero. GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` // Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds // the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. GopSizeUnits H264GopSizeUnits `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"` // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model). Five megabits can be entered as 5000000 // or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 or 0.5m. HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"` // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending // on which of the Follow options you chose. InterlaceMode H264InterlaceMode `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Maximum bitrate in bits/second (for VBR mode only). Five megabits can be // entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 // or 0.5m. MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted // by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval // frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene // change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting // I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is // only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch // = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` // Number of B-frames between reference frames. NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. NumberReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` // Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the // pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing // Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. ParControl H264ParControl `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` // Use Quality tuning level (H264QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to // use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass // video encoding. QualityTuningLevel H264QualityTuningLevel `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) // does not write HRD parameters. RateControlMode H264RateControlMode `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated. RepeatPps H264RepeatPps `locationName:"repeatPps" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). SceneChangeDetect H264SceneChangeDetect `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures. Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" type:"integer"` // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. SlowPal H264SlowPal `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content // in the encoded image. Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"` // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content // complexity. SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. Syntax H264Syntax `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"true"` // This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) // field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors // > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced // Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, // Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output // from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output // to 29.97i. Telecine H264Telecine `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content // complexity. TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. UnregisteredSeiTimecode H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode `locationName:"unregisteredSeiTimecode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value H_264. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/H264Settings
func (H264Settings) GoString ¶
func (s H264Settings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (H264Settings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s H264Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (H264Settings) String ¶
func (s H264Settings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type H264SlowPal ¶
type H264SlowPal string
Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.
const ( H264SlowPalDisabled H264SlowPal = "DISABLED" H264SlowPalEnabled H264SlowPal = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264SlowPal
func (H264SlowPal) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264SlowPal) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity.
const ( H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
func (H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264Syntax ¶
type H264Syntax string
Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
const ( H264SyntaxDefault H264Syntax = "DEFAULT" H264SyntaxRp2027 H264Syntax = "RP2027" )
Enum values for H264Syntax
func (H264Syntax) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264Syntax) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264Syntax) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264Syntax) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264Telecine ¶
type H264Telecine string
This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i.
const ( H264TelecineNone H264Telecine = "NONE" H264TelecineSoft H264Telecine = "SOFT" H264TelecineHard H264Telecine = "HARD" )
Enum values for H264Telecine
func (H264Telecine) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264Telecine) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264Telecine) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264Telecine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity.
const ( H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
func (H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode ¶
type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode string
Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
const ( H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED" H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode
func (H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265AdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H265AdaptiveQuantization string
Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual quality.
const ( H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff H265AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF" H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow H265AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW" H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM" H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH" H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER" H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX" )
Enum values for H265AdaptiveQuantization
func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei ¶
type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei string
Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF).
const ( H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "DISABLED" H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei
func (H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265CodecLevel ¶
type H265CodecLevel string
H.265 Level.
const ( H265CodecLevelAuto H265CodecLevel = "AUTO" H265CodecLevelLevel1 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1" H265CodecLevelLevel2 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2" H265CodecLevelLevel21 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1" H265CodecLevelLevel3 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3" H265CodecLevelLevel31 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1" H265CodecLevelLevel4 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4" H265CodecLevelLevel41 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1" H265CodecLevelLevel5 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5" H265CodecLevelLevel51 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1" H265CodecLevelLevel52 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2" H265CodecLevelLevel6 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6" H265CodecLevelLevel61 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_1" H265CodecLevelLevel62 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_2" )
Enum values for H265CodecLevel
func (H265CodecLevel) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265CodecLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265CodecProfile ¶
type H265CodecProfile string
Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License.
const ( H265CodecProfileMainMain H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_MAIN" H265CodecProfileMainHigh H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_HIGH" H265CodecProfileMain10Main H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_MAIN" H265CodecProfileMain10High H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_HIGH" H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_MAIN" H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_HIGH" H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_MAIN" H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_HIGH" )
Enum values for H265CodecProfile
func (H265CodecProfile) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265CodecProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames.
const ( H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization
func (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265FramerateControl ¶
type H265FramerateControl string
Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate.
const ( H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H265FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" H265FramerateControlSpecified H265FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for H265FramerateControl
func (H265FramerateControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265FramerateControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion.
const ( H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm
func (H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265GopBReference ¶
type H265GopBReference string
If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1.
const ( H265GopBReferenceDisabled H265GopBReference = "DISABLED" H265GopBReferenceEnabled H265GopBReference = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265GopBReference
func (H265GopBReference) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265GopBReference) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265GopBReference) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265GopBReference) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265GopSizeUnits ¶
type H265GopSizeUnits string
Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.
const ( H265GopSizeUnitsFrames H265GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES" H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds H265GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS" )
Enum values for H265GopSizeUnits
func (H265GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265InterlaceMode ¶
type H265InterlaceMode string
Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose.
const ( H265InterlaceModeProgressive H265InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE" H265InterlaceModeTopField H265InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD" H265InterlaceModeBottomField H265InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD" H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" )
Enum values for H265InterlaceMode
func (H265InterlaceMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265InterlaceMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265ParControl ¶
type H265ParControl string
Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio.
const ( H265ParControlInitializeFromSource H265ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" H265ParControlSpecified H265ParControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for H265ParControl
func (H265ParControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265ParControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265ParControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265ParControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265QualityTuningLevel ¶
type H265QualityTuningLevel string
Use Quality tuning level (H265QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass video encoding.
const ( H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS" H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ" H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq H265QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ" )
Enum values for H265QualityTuningLevel
func (H265QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265RateControlMode ¶
type H265RateControlMode string
Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) does not write HRD parameters.
const ( H265RateControlModeVbr H265RateControlMode = "VBR" H265RateControlModeCbr H265RateControlMode = "CBR" )
Enum values for H265RateControlMode
func (H265RateControlMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265RateControlMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode ¶
type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode string
Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically selects best strength based on content
const ( H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "DEFAULT" H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "ADAPTIVE" H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "OFF" )
Enum values for H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode
func (H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265SceneChangeDetect ¶
type H265SceneChangeDetect string
Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes).
const ( H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled H265SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED" H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled H265SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265SceneChangeDetect
func (H265SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265Settings ¶
type H265Settings struct { // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual // quality. AdaptiveQuantization H265AdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid // Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF). AlternateTransferFunctionSei H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei `locationName:"alternateTransferFunctionSei" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required for VBR, CBR, and ABR. Five megabits // can be entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as // 500000 or 0.5m. For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded // down to the nearest multiple of 1000. Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` // H.265 Level. CodecLevel H265CodecLevel `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections // are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile // with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License. CodecProfile H265CodecProfile `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. FramerateControl H265FramerateControl `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Framerate denominator. FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 // fps. FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` // If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > // 1. GopBReference H265GopBReference `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than // zero. GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` // Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds // the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. GopSizeUnits H265GopSizeUnits `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"` // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model). Five megabits can be entered as 5000000 // or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 or 0.5m. HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"` // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending // on which of the Follow options you chose. InterlaceMode H265InterlaceMode `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Maximum bitrate in bits/second (for VBR mode only). Five megabits can be // entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 // or 0.5m. MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted // by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval // frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene // change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting // I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is // only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch // = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` // Number of B-frames between reference frames. NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. NumberReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` // Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the // pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing // Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. ParControl H265ParControl `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` // Use Quality tuning level (H265QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to // use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass // video encoding. QualityTuningLevel H265QualityTuningLevel `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) // does not write HRD parameters. RateControlMode H265RateControlMode `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically // selects best strength based on content SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode `locationName:"sampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). SceneChangeDetect H265SceneChangeDetect `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures. Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" type:"integer"` // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. SlowPal H265SlowPal `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content // complexity. SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) // field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors // > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced // Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, // Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output // from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output // to 29.97i. Telecine H265Telecine `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content // complexity. TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers // are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, // reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can // form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal // layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream // with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder // could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and // P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output. TemporalIds H265TemporalIds `locationName:"temporalIds" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision // of the encoded pictures. Tiles H265Tiles `locationName:"tiles" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. UnregisteredSeiTimecode H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode `locationName:"unregisteredSeiTimecode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for H265 codec Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/H265Settings
func (H265Settings) GoString ¶
func (s H265Settings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (H265Settings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s H265Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (H265Settings) String ¶
func (s H265Settings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type H265SlowPal ¶
type H265SlowPal string
Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.
const ( H265SlowPalDisabled H265SlowPal = "DISABLED" H265SlowPalEnabled H265SlowPal = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265SlowPal
func (H265SlowPal) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265SlowPal) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity.
const ( H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
func (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265Telecine ¶
type H265Telecine string
This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i.
const ( H265TelecineNone H265Telecine = "NONE" H265TelecineSoft H265Telecine = "SOFT" H265TelecineHard H265Telecine = "HARD" )
Enum values for H265Telecine
func (H265Telecine) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265Telecine) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265Telecine) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265Telecine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity.
const ( H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
func (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265TemporalIds ¶
type H265TemporalIds string
Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output.
const ( H265TemporalIdsDisabled H265TemporalIds = "DISABLED" H265TemporalIdsEnabled H265TemporalIds = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265TemporalIds
func (H265TemporalIds) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265TemporalIds) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265TemporalIds) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265TemporalIds) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type H265Tiles ¶
type H265Tiles string
Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision of the encoded pictures.
Enum values for H265Tiles
func (H265Tiles) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode ¶
type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode string
Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
const ( H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED" H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode
func (H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Hdr10Metadata ¶
type Hdr10Metadata struct { // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. BluePrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"bluePrimaryX" type:"integer"` // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. BluePrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"bluePrimaryY" type:"integer"` // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. GreenPrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"greenPrimaryX" type:"integer"` // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. GreenPrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"greenPrimaryY" type:"integer"` // Maximum light level among all samples in the coded video sequence, in units // of candelas per square meter. MaxContentLightLevel *int64 `locationName:"maxContentLightLevel" type:"integer"` // Maximum average light level of any frame in the coded video sequence, in // units of candelas per square meter. MaxFrameAverageLightLevel *int64 `locationName:"maxFrameAverageLightLevel" type:"integer"` // Nominal maximum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas // per square meter. MaxLuminance *int64 `locationName:"maxLuminance" type:"integer"` // Nominal minimum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas // per square meter MinLuminance *int64 `locationName:"minLuminance" type:"integer"` // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. RedPrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"redPrimaryX" type:"integer"` // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. RedPrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"redPrimaryY" type:"integer"` // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. WhitePointX *int64 `locationName:"whitePointX" type:"integer"` // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in // CIE1931 color coordinate. WhitePointY *int64 `locationName:"whitePointY" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Use the HDR master display (Hdr10Metadata) settings to provide values for HDR color. These values vary depending on the input video and must be provided by a color grader. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in CIE1931 color coordinate. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Hdr10Metadata
func (Hdr10Metadata) GoString ¶
func (s Hdr10Metadata) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (Hdr10Metadata) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Hdr10Metadata) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (Hdr10Metadata) String ¶
func (s Hdr10Metadata) String() string
String returns the string representation
type HlsAdMarkers ¶
type HlsAdMarkers string
const ( HlsAdMarkersElemental HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL" HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35" )
Enum values for HlsAdMarkers
func (HlsAdMarkers) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsAdMarkers) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsAdMarkers) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsAdMarkers) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsAudioTrackType ¶
type HlsAudioTrackType string
Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO
const ( HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT" HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT" HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT" HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream HlsAudioTrackType = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM" )
Enum values for HlsAudioTrackType
func (HlsAudioTrackType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsAudioTrackType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsAudioTrackType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsAudioTrackType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping ¶
type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping struct { // Caption channel. CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" type:"integer"` // Code to specify the language, following the specification "ISO 639-2 three-digit // code":http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/ LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Caption language description. LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Caption Language Mapping Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/HlsCaptionLanguageMapping
func (HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) GoString ¶
func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) String ¶
func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) String() string
String returns the string representation
type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting ¶
type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting string
Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS line from the manifest.
const ( HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "INSERT" HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "OMIT" HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "NONE" )
Enum values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting
func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsClientCache ¶
type HlsClientCache string
When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client from saving media segments for later replay.
const ( HlsClientCacheDisabled HlsClientCache = "DISABLED" HlsClientCacheEnabled HlsClientCache = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for HlsClientCache
func (HlsClientCache) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsClientCache) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsClientCache) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsClientCache) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsCodecSpecification ¶
type HlsCodecSpecification string
Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist generation.
const ( HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381" HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281" )
Enum values for HlsCodecSpecification
func (HlsCodecSpecification) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsCodecSpecification) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsCodecSpecification) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsCodecSpecification) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsDirectoryStructure ¶
type HlsDirectoryStructure string
Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories.
const ( HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory HlsDirectoryStructure = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY" HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream HlsDirectoryStructure = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM" )
Enum values for HlsDirectoryStructure
func (HlsDirectoryStructure) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsDirectoryStructure) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsDirectoryStructure) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsDirectoryStructure) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsEncryptionSettings ¶
type HlsEncryptionSettings struct { // This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string. // If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the // segment number by default. ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" type:"string"` // Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable. // Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption. EncryptionMethod HlsEncryptionType `locationName:"encryptionMethod" type:"string" enum:"true"` // The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the // key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed // in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest. InitializationVectorInManifest HlsInitializationVectorInManifest `locationName:"initializationVectorInManifest" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"` // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider. StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider `locationName:"staticKeyProvider" type:"structure"` // Indicates which type of key provider is used for encryption. Type HlsKeyProviderType `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for HLS encryption Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/HlsEncryptionSettings
func (HlsEncryptionSettings) GoString ¶
func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (HlsEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (HlsEncryptionSettings) String ¶
func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type HlsEncryptionType ¶
type HlsEncryptionType string
Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable. Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption.
const ( HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 HlsEncryptionType = "AES128" HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes HlsEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES" )
Enum values for HlsEncryptionType
func (HlsEncryptionType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsEncryptionType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsEncryptionType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsEncryptionType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsGroupSettings ¶
type HlsGroupSettings struct { // Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this // group of Apple HLS outputs. AdMarkers []HlsAdMarkers `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"` // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than // the main .m3u8 file. BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"` // Language to be used on Caption outputs CaptionLanguageMappings []HlsCaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"` // Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS // lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language // Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. // Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the // original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption // selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in // the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include // CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS // line from the manifest. CaptionLanguageSetting HlsCaptionLanguageSetting `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client // from saving media segments for later replay. ClientCache HlsClientCache `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist // generation. CodecSpecification HlsCodecSpecification `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the // first input file. Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` // Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories. DirectoryStructure HlsDirectoryStructure `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"true"` // DRM settings. Encryption *HlsEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` // When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist. ManifestCompression HlsManifestCompression `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for // segment duration. ManifestDurationFormat HlsManifestDurationFormat `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When set, Minimum Segment Size is enforced by looking ahead and back within // the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if // needed. MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"` // Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS // output group. OutputSelection HlsOutputSelection `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. // The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are // initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using // the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset. ProgramDateTime HlsProgramDateTime `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds. ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"` // When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file, // uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback. SegmentControl HlsSegmentControl `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that // segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual // segment length may be longer. SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" type:"integer"` // Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. // directoryStructure must be SINGLE_DIRECTORY for this setting to have an effect. SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" type:"integer"` // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag // of variant manifest. StreamInfResolution HlsStreamInfResolution `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. TimedMetadataId3Frame HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` // Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps. TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/HlsGroupSettings
func (HlsGroupSettings) GoString ¶
func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (HlsGroupSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s HlsGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (HlsGroupSettings) String ¶
func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest ¶
type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest string
When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS manifest
const ( HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "INCLUDE" HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for HlsIFrameOnlyManifest
func (HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest ¶
type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest string
The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest.
const ( HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE" HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for HlsInitializationVectorInManifest
func (HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsKeyProviderType ¶
type HlsKeyProviderType string
Indicates which type of key provider is used for encryption.
const ( HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke HlsKeyProviderType = "SPEKE" HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey HlsKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY" )
Enum values for HlsKeyProviderType
func (HlsKeyProviderType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsKeyProviderType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsKeyProviderType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsKeyProviderType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsManifestCompression ¶
type HlsManifestCompression string
When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
const ( HlsManifestCompressionGzip HlsManifestCompression = "GZIP" HlsManifestCompressionNone HlsManifestCompression = "NONE" )
Enum values for HlsManifestCompression
func (HlsManifestCompression) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsManifestCompression) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsManifestCompression) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsManifestCompression) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsManifestDurationFormat ¶
type HlsManifestDurationFormat string
Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for segment duration.
const ( HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint HlsManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT" HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger HlsManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER" )
Enum values for HlsManifestDurationFormat
func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsOutputSelection ¶
type HlsOutputSelection string
Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS output group.
const ( HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments HlsOutputSelection = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS" HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly HlsOutputSelection = "SEGMENTS_ONLY" )
Enum values for HlsOutputSelection
func (HlsOutputSelection) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsOutputSelection) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsOutputSelection) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsOutputSelection) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsProgramDateTime ¶
type HlsProgramDateTime string
Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset.
const ( HlsProgramDateTimeInclude HlsProgramDateTime = "INCLUDE" HlsProgramDateTimeExclude HlsProgramDateTime = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for HlsProgramDateTime
func (HlsProgramDateTime) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsProgramDateTime) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsProgramDateTime) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsProgramDateTime) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsSegmentControl ¶
type HlsSegmentControl string
When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file, uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback.
const ( HlsSegmentControlSingleFile HlsSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE" HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles HlsSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES" )
Enum values for HlsSegmentControl
func (HlsSegmentControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsSegmentControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsSegmentControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsSegmentControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsSettings ¶
type HlsSettings struct { // Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs. AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"` // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input // all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"` // Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream // The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth // scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate // Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try // to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest // with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default // Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented // as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate // Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to // play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with // DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO AudioTrackType HlsAudioTrackType `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS // manifest IFrameOnlyManifest HlsIFrameOnlyManifest `locationName:"iFrameOnlyManifest" type:"string" enum:"true"` // String concatenated to end of segment filenames. Accepts "Format Identifiers":#format_identifier_parameters. SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for HLS output groups Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/HlsSettings
func (HlsSettings) GoString ¶
func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (HlsSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s HlsSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (HlsSettings) String ¶
func (s HlsSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type HlsStreamInfResolution ¶
type HlsStreamInfResolution string
Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of variant manifest.
const ( HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE" HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for HlsStreamInfResolution
func (HlsStreamInfResolution) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsStreamInfResolution) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsStreamInfResolution) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsStreamInfResolution) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame ¶
type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame string
Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
const ( HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "NONE" HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "PRIV" HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "TDRL" )
Enum values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame
func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Id3Insertion ¶
type Id3Insertion struct { // Use ID3 tag (Id3) to provide a tag value in base64-encode format. Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string"` // Provide a Timecode (TimeCode) in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format. Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
To insert ID3 tags in your output, specify two values. Use ID3 tag (Id3) to specify the base 64 encoded string and use Timecode (TimeCode) to specify the time when the tag should be inserted. To insert multiple ID3 tags in your output, create mulitple instances of ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion). Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Id3Insertion
func (Id3Insertion) GoString ¶
func (s Id3Insertion) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (Id3Insertion) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Id3Insertion) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (Id3Insertion) String ¶
func (s Id3Insertion) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ImageInserter ¶
type ImageInserter struct { // Image to insert. Must be 32 bit windows BMP, PNG, or TGA file. Must not be // larger than the output frames. InsertableImages []InsertableImage `locationName:"insertableImages" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by default. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ImageInserter
func (ImageInserter) GoString ¶
func (s ImageInserter) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ImageInserter) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ImageInserter) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ImageInserter) String ¶
func (s ImageInserter) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Input ¶
type Input struct { // Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may // have multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group // for more information. AudioSelectorGroups map[string]AudioSelectorGroup `locationName:"audioSelectorGroups" type:"map"` // Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks // from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple Audio // selectors per input. AudioSelectors map[string]AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"map"` // Use Captions selectors (CaptionSelectors) to specify the captions data from // the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple captions // selectors per input. CaptionSelectors map[string]CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"map"` // Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. // Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed // video inputs. DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default // is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video // inputs. DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Input (fileInput) to define the source file used in the transcode job. // There can be multiple inputs in a job. These inputs are concantenated, in // the order they are specified in the job, to create the output. FileInput *string `locationName:"fileInput" type:"string"` // Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service // applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters // separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). // * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending // on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is // true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). // * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. FilterEnable InputFilterEnable `locationName:"filterEnable" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter // settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0. FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"` // (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify // a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start // time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you // provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When // you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the // job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them. InputClippings []InputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"` // Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a multi-program // transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is // the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify // doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default. ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` // Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify // which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio // and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. PsiControl InputPsiControl `locationName:"psiControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Timecode source (InputTimecodeSource) to specify how timecode information // from your input is adjusted and encoded in all outputs for the job. Default // is embedded. Set to Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecode that is in the // input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, will set the timecode // for the first frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) to set // the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Specified start // (SPECIFIEDSTART) to provide the initial timecode yourself the setting (Start). TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Selector for video. VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specifies media input Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Input
func (Input) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Input) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
type InputClipping ¶
type InputClipping struct { // Set End timecode (EndTimecode) to the end of the portion of the input you // are clipping. The frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included // in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. // When choosing this value, take into account your setting for Input timecode // source. For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 // and you want your clip to begin five minutes into the video, use 01:00:05:00. EndTimecode *string `locationName:"endTimecode" type:"string"` // Set Start timecode (StartTimecode) to the beginning of the portion of the // input you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value // is included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, // but not both. When choosing this value, take into account your setting for // Input timecode source. For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start // at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to begin five minutes into the video, // use 01:00:05:00. StartTimecode *string `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Include one instance of (InputClipping) for each input clip. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/InputClipping
func (InputClipping) GoString ¶
func (s InputClipping) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (InputClipping) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s InputClipping) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (InputClipping) String ¶
func (s InputClipping) String() string
String returns the string representation
type InputDeblockFilter ¶
type InputDeblockFilter string
Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.
const ( InputDeblockFilterEnabled InputDeblockFilter = "ENABLED" InputDeblockFilterDisabled InputDeblockFilter = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for InputDeblockFilter
func (InputDeblockFilter) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum InputDeblockFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (InputDeblockFilter) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum InputDeblockFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type InputDenoiseFilter ¶
type InputDenoiseFilter string
Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
const ( InputDenoiseFilterEnabled InputDenoiseFilter = "ENABLED" InputDenoiseFilterDisabled InputDenoiseFilter = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for InputDenoiseFilter
func (InputDenoiseFilter) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum InputDenoiseFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (InputDenoiseFilter) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum InputDenoiseFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type InputFilterEnable ¶
type InputFilterEnable string
Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type.
const ( InputFilterEnableAuto InputFilterEnable = "AUTO" InputFilterEnableDisable InputFilterEnable = "DISABLE" InputFilterEnableForce InputFilterEnable = "FORCE" )
Enum values for InputFilterEnable
func (InputFilterEnable) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum InputFilterEnable) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (InputFilterEnable) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum InputFilterEnable) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type InputPsiControl ¶
type InputPsiControl string
Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
const ( InputPsiControlIgnorePsi InputPsiControl = "IGNORE_PSI" InputPsiControlUsePsi InputPsiControl = "USE_PSI" )
Enum values for InputPsiControl
func (InputPsiControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum InputPsiControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (InputPsiControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum InputPsiControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type InputTemplate ¶
type InputTemplate struct { // Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may // have multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group // for more information. AudioSelectorGroups map[string]AudioSelectorGroup `locationName:"audioSelectorGroups" type:"map"` // Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks // from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple Audio // selectors per input. AudioSelectors map[string]AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"map"` // Use Captions selectors (CaptionSelectors) to specify the captions data from // the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple captions // selectors per input. CaptionSelectors map[string]CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"map"` // Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. // Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed // video inputs. DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default // is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video // inputs. DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service // applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters // separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). // * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending // on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is // true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). // * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. FilterEnable InputFilterEnable `locationName:"filterEnable" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter // settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0. FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"` // (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify // a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start // time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you // provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When // you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the // job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them. InputClippings []InputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"` // Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a multi-program // transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is // the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify // doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default. ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` // Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify // which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio // and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. PsiControl InputPsiControl `locationName:"psiControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Timecode source (InputTimecodeSource) to specify how timecode information // from your input is adjusted and encoded in all outputs for the job. Default // is embedded. Set to Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecode that is in the // input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, will set the timecode // for the first frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) to set // the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Specified start // (SPECIFIEDSTART) to provide the initial timecode yourself the setting (Start). TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Selector for video. VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specified video input in a template. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/InputTemplate
func (InputTemplate) GoString ¶
func (s InputTemplate) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (InputTemplate) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s InputTemplate) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (InputTemplate) String ¶
func (s InputTemplate) String() string
String returns the string representation
type InputTimecodeSource ¶
type InputTimecodeSource string
Use Timecode source (InputTimecodeSource) to specify how timecode information from your input is adjusted and encoded in all outputs for the job. Default is embedded. Set to Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, will set the timecode for the first frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) to set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to provide the initial timecode yourself the setting (Start).
const ( InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded InputTimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED" InputTimecodeSourceZerobased InputTimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED" InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart InputTimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART" )
Enum values for InputTimecodeSource
func (InputTimecodeSource) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum InputTimecodeSource) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (InputTimecodeSource) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum InputTimecodeSource) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type InsertableImage ¶
type InsertableImage struct { // Use Duration (Duration) to set the time, in milliseconds, for the image to // remain on the output video. Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` // Use Fade in (FadeIut) to set the length, in milliseconds, of the inserted // image fade in. If you don't specify a value for Fade in, the image will appear // abruptly at the Start time. FadeIn *int64 `locationName:"fadeIn" type:"integer"` // Use Fade out (FadeOut) to set the length, in milliseconds, of the inserted // image fade out. If you don't specify a value for Fade out, the image will // disappear abruptly at the end of the inserted image duration. FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"` // Specify the Height (Height) of the inserted image. Use a value that is less // than or equal to the video resolution height. Leave this setting blank to // use the native height of the image. Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` // Use Image location (imageInserterInput) to specify the Amazon S3 location // of the image to be inserted into the output. Use a 32 bit BMP, PNG, or TGA // file that fits inside the video frame. ImageInserterInput *string `locationName:"imageInserterInput" type:"string"` // Use Left (ImageX) to set the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image // and the left edge of the frame. Required for BMP, PNG and TGA input. ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"` // Use Top (ImageY) to set the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image // and the top edge of the video frame. Required for BMP, PNG and TGA input. ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"` // Use Layer (Layer) to specify how overlapping inserted images appear. Images // with higher values of layer appear on top of images with lower values of // layer. Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"` // Use Opacity (Opacity) to specify how much of the underlying video shows through // the inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is // 50. Opacity *int64 `locationName:"opacity" type:"integer"` // Use Start time (StartTime) to specify the video timecode when the image is // inserted in the output. This must be in timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF) StartTime *string `locationName:"startTime" type:"string"` // Specify the Width (Width) of the inserted image. Use a value that is less // than or equal to the video resolution width. Leave this setting blank to // use the native width of the image. Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for Insertable Image Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/InsertableImage
func (InsertableImage) GoString ¶
func (s InsertableImage) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (InsertableImage) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s InsertableImage) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (InsertableImage) String ¶
func (s InsertableImage) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Job ¶
type Job struct { // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` // The time, in Unix epoch format in seconds, when the job got created. CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // Error code for the job ErrorCode *int64 `locationName:"errorCode" type:"integer"` // Error message of Job ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"` // A portion of the job's ARN, unique within your AWS Elemental MediaConvert // resources Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` // The job template that the job is created from, if it is created from a job // template. JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"` // List of output group details OutputGroupDetails []OutputGroupDetail `locationName:"outputGroupDetails" type:"list"` // Optional. When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If // you don't specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, // see the User Guide topic at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` // The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions, // see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string"` // JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job. Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` // A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR. Status JobStatus `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified // in Unix epoch format in seconds. Timing *Timing `locationName:"timing" type:"structure"` // User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job. // You specify metadata in key/value pairs. UserMetadata map[string]string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Job
func (Job) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Job) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
type JobSettings ¶
type JobSettings struct { // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail // PTS time. AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` // Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an // image, and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails. AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"` // Use Inputs (inputs) to define source file used in the transcode job. There // can be multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together // to create the output. Inputs []Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` // Settings for Nielsen Configuration NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"` // **!!**(OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs // that share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, // Quicktime, MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as // well. Required in (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the // whole group. This required object depends on the value you set for (Type) // under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are // as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, // HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, // MsSmoothGroupSettings OutputGroups []OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"` // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"` // Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags // in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it // in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion // (Id3Insertion) objects. TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion `locationName:"timedMetadataInsertion" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/JobSettings
func (JobSettings) GoString ¶
func (s JobSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (JobSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s JobSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (JobSettings) String ¶
func (s JobSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type JobStatus ¶
type JobStatus string
A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR.
const ( JobStatusSubmitted JobStatus = "SUBMITTED" JobStatusProgressing JobStatus = "PROGRESSING" JobStatusComplete JobStatus = "COMPLETE" JobStatusCanceled JobStatus = "CANCELED" JobStatusError JobStatus = "ERROR" )
Enum values for JobStatus
func (JobStatus) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
type JobTemplate ¶
type JobTemplate struct { // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` // An optional category you create to organize your job templates. Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` // The timestamp in epoch seconds for Job template creation. CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // An optional description you create for each job template. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the Job template was last updated. LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // A name you create for each job template. Each name must be unique within // your account. Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` // Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to. // If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue. Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template // that will be applied to jobs created from it. Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` // A job template can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in // job templates can't be modified or deleted by the user. Type Type `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use to quickly create a job. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/JobTemplate
func (JobTemplate) GoString ¶
func (s JobTemplate) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (JobTemplate) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s JobTemplate) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (JobTemplate) String ¶
func (s JobTemplate) String() string
String returns the string representation
type JobTemplateListBy ¶
type JobTemplateListBy string
Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't specify, the service will list them by name.
const ( JobTemplateListByName JobTemplateListBy = "NAME" JobTemplateListByCreationDate JobTemplateListBy = "CREATION_DATE" JobTemplateListBySystem JobTemplateListBy = "SYSTEM" )
Enum values for JobTemplateListBy
func (JobTemplateListBy) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum JobTemplateListBy) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (JobTemplateListBy) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum JobTemplateListBy) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type JobTemplateSettings ¶
type JobTemplateSettings struct { // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail // PTS time. AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` // Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an // image, and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails. AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"` // Use Inputs (inputs) to define the source file used in the transcode job. // There can only be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include // multiple inputs when referencing a job template. Inputs []InputTemplate `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` // Settings for Nielsen Configuration NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"` // **!!**(OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs // that share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, // Quicktime, MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as // well. Required in (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the // whole group. This required object depends on the value you set for (Type) // under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are // as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, // HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, // MsSmoothGroupSettings OutputGroups []OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"` // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"` // Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags // in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it // in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion // (Id3Insertion) objects. TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion `locationName:"timedMetadataInsertion" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template that will be applied to jobs created from it. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/JobTemplateSettings
func (JobTemplateSettings) GoString ¶
func (s JobTemplateSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (JobTemplateSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s JobTemplateSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (JobTemplateSettings) String ¶
func (s JobTemplateSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type LanguageCode ¶
type LanguageCode string
Code to specify the language, following the specification "ISO 639-2 three-digit code":http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/
const ( LanguageCodeEng LanguageCode = "ENG" LanguageCodeSpa LanguageCode = "SPA" LanguageCodeFra LanguageCode = "FRA" LanguageCodeDeu LanguageCode = "DEU" LanguageCodeGer LanguageCode = "GER" LanguageCodeZho LanguageCode = "ZHO" LanguageCodeAra LanguageCode = "ARA" LanguageCodeHin LanguageCode = "HIN" LanguageCodeJpn LanguageCode = "JPN" LanguageCodeRus LanguageCode = "RUS" LanguageCodePor LanguageCode = "POR" LanguageCodeIta LanguageCode = "ITA" LanguageCodeUrd LanguageCode = "URD" LanguageCodeVie LanguageCode = "VIE" LanguageCodeKor LanguageCode = "KOR" LanguageCodePan LanguageCode = "PAN" LanguageCodeAbk LanguageCode = "ABK" LanguageCodeAar LanguageCode = "AAR" LanguageCodeAfr LanguageCode = "AFR" LanguageCodeAka LanguageCode = "AKA" LanguageCodeSqi LanguageCode = "SQI" LanguageCodeAmh LanguageCode = "AMH" LanguageCodeArg LanguageCode = "ARG" LanguageCodeHye LanguageCode = "HYE" LanguageCodeAsm LanguageCode = "ASM" LanguageCodeAva LanguageCode = "AVA" LanguageCodeAve LanguageCode = "AVE" LanguageCodeAym LanguageCode = "AYM" LanguageCodeAze LanguageCode = "AZE" LanguageCodeBam LanguageCode = "BAM" LanguageCodeBak LanguageCode = "BAK" LanguageCodeEus LanguageCode = "EUS" LanguageCodeBel LanguageCode = "BEL" LanguageCodeBen LanguageCode = "BEN" LanguageCodeBih LanguageCode = "BIH" LanguageCodeBis LanguageCode = "BIS" LanguageCodeBos LanguageCode = "BOS" LanguageCodeBre LanguageCode = "BRE" LanguageCodeBul LanguageCode = "BUL" LanguageCodeMya LanguageCode = "MYA" LanguageCodeCat LanguageCode = "CAT" LanguageCodeKhm LanguageCode = "KHM" LanguageCodeCha LanguageCode = "CHA" LanguageCodeChe LanguageCode = "CHE" LanguageCodeNya LanguageCode = "NYA" LanguageCodeChu LanguageCode = "CHU" LanguageCodeChv LanguageCode = "CHV" LanguageCodeCor LanguageCode = "COR" LanguageCodeCos LanguageCode = "COS" LanguageCodeCre LanguageCode = "CRE" LanguageCodeHrv LanguageCode = "HRV" LanguageCodeCes LanguageCode = "CES" LanguageCodeDan LanguageCode = "DAN" LanguageCodeDiv LanguageCode = "DIV" LanguageCodeNld LanguageCode = "NLD" LanguageCodeDzo LanguageCode = "DZO" LanguageCodeEnm LanguageCode = "ENM" LanguageCodeEpo LanguageCode = "EPO" LanguageCodeEst LanguageCode = "EST" LanguageCodeEwe LanguageCode = "EWE" LanguageCodeFao LanguageCode = "FAO" LanguageCodeFij LanguageCode = "FIJ" LanguageCodeFin LanguageCode = "FIN" LanguageCodeFrm LanguageCode = "FRM" LanguageCodeFul LanguageCode = "FUL" LanguageCodeGla LanguageCode = "GLA" LanguageCodeGlg LanguageCode = "GLG" LanguageCodeLug LanguageCode = "LUG" LanguageCodeKat LanguageCode = "KAT" LanguageCodeEll LanguageCode = "ELL" LanguageCodeGrn LanguageCode = "GRN" LanguageCodeGuj LanguageCode = "GUJ" LanguageCodeHat LanguageCode = "HAT" LanguageCodeHau LanguageCode = "HAU" LanguageCodeHeb LanguageCode = "HEB" LanguageCodeHer LanguageCode = "HER" LanguageCodeHmo LanguageCode = "HMO" LanguageCodeHun LanguageCode = "HUN" LanguageCodeIsl LanguageCode = "ISL" LanguageCodeIdo LanguageCode = "IDO" LanguageCodeIbo LanguageCode = "IBO" LanguageCodeInd LanguageCode = "IND" LanguageCodeIna LanguageCode = "INA" LanguageCodeIle LanguageCode = "ILE" LanguageCodeIku LanguageCode = "IKU" LanguageCodeIpk LanguageCode = "IPK" LanguageCodeGle LanguageCode = "GLE" LanguageCodeJav LanguageCode = "JAV" LanguageCodeKal LanguageCode = "KAL" LanguageCodeKan LanguageCode = "KAN" LanguageCodeKau LanguageCode = "KAU" LanguageCodeKas LanguageCode = "KAS" LanguageCodeKaz LanguageCode = "KAZ" LanguageCodeKik LanguageCode = "KIK" LanguageCodeKin LanguageCode = "KIN" LanguageCodeKir LanguageCode = "KIR" LanguageCodeKom LanguageCode = "KOM" LanguageCodeKon LanguageCode = "KON" LanguageCodeKua LanguageCode = "KUA" LanguageCodeKur LanguageCode = "KUR" LanguageCodeLao LanguageCode = "LAO" LanguageCodeLat LanguageCode = "LAT" LanguageCodeLav LanguageCode = "LAV" LanguageCodeLim LanguageCode = "LIM" LanguageCodeLin LanguageCode = "LIN" LanguageCodeLit LanguageCode = "LIT" LanguageCodeLub LanguageCode = "LUB" LanguageCodeLtz LanguageCode = "LTZ" LanguageCodeMkd LanguageCode = "MKD" LanguageCodeMlg LanguageCode = "MLG" LanguageCodeMsa LanguageCode = "MSA" LanguageCodeMal LanguageCode = "MAL" LanguageCodeMlt LanguageCode = "MLT" LanguageCodeGlv LanguageCode = "GLV" LanguageCodeMri LanguageCode = "MRI" LanguageCodeMar LanguageCode = "MAR" LanguageCodeMah LanguageCode = "MAH" LanguageCodeMon LanguageCode = "MON" LanguageCodeNau LanguageCode = "NAU" LanguageCodeNde LanguageCode = "NDE" LanguageCodeNbl LanguageCode = "NBL" LanguageCodeNdo LanguageCode = "NDO" LanguageCodeNep LanguageCode = "NEP" LanguageCodeSme LanguageCode = "SME" LanguageCodeNor LanguageCode = "NOR" LanguageCodeNob LanguageCode = "NOB" LanguageCodeNno LanguageCode = "NNO" LanguageCodeOci LanguageCode = "OCI" LanguageCodeOji LanguageCode = "OJI" LanguageCodeOri LanguageCode = "ORI" LanguageCodeOrm LanguageCode = "ORM" LanguageCodeOss LanguageCode = "OSS" LanguageCodePli LanguageCode = "PLI" LanguageCodeFas LanguageCode = "FAS" LanguageCodePol LanguageCode = "POL" LanguageCodePus LanguageCode = "PUS" LanguageCodeQue LanguageCode = "QUE" LanguageCodeQaa LanguageCode = "QAA" LanguageCodeRon LanguageCode = "RON" LanguageCodeRoh LanguageCode = "ROH" LanguageCodeRun LanguageCode = "RUN" LanguageCodeSmo LanguageCode = "SMO" LanguageCodeSag LanguageCode = "SAG" LanguageCodeSan LanguageCode = "SAN" LanguageCodeSrd LanguageCode = "SRD" LanguageCodeSrb LanguageCode = "SRB" LanguageCodeSna LanguageCode = "SNA" LanguageCodeIii LanguageCode = "III" LanguageCodeSnd LanguageCode = "SND" LanguageCodeSin LanguageCode = "SIN" LanguageCodeSlk LanguageCode = "SLK" LanguageCodeSlv LanguageCode = "SLV" LanguageCodeSom LanguageCode = "SOM" LanguageCodeSot LanguageCode = "SOT" LanguageCodeSun LanguageCode = "SUN" LanguageCodeSwa LanguageCode = "SWA" LanguageCodeSsw LanguageCode = "SSW" LanguageCodeSwe LanguageCode = "SWE" LanguageCodeTgl LanguageCode = "TGL" LanguageCodeTah LanguageCode = "TAH" LanguageCodeTgk LanguageCode = "TGK" LanguageCodeTam LanguageCode = "TAM" LanguageCodeTat LanguageCode = "TAT" LanguageCodeTel LanguageCode = "TEL" LanguageCodeTha LanguageCode = "THA" LanguageCodeBod LanguageCode = "BOD" LanguageCodeTir LanguageCode = "TIR" LanguageCodeTon LanguageCode = "TON" LanguageCodeTso LanguageCode = "TSO" LanguageCodeTsn LanguageCode = "TSN" LanguageCodeTur LanguageCode = "TUR" LanguageCodeTuk LanguageCode = "TUK" LanguageCodeTwi LanguageCode = "TWI" LanguageCodeUig LanguageCode = "UIG" LanguageCodeUkr LanguageCode = "UKR" LanguageCodeUzb LanguageCode = "UZB" LanguageCodeVen LanguageCode = "VEN" LanguageCodeVol LanguageCode = "VOL" LanguageCodeWln LanguageCode = "WLN" LanguageCodeCym LanguageCode = "CYM" LanguageCodeFry LanguageCode = "FRY" LanguageCodeWol LanguageCode = "WOL" LanguageCodeXho LanguageCode = "XHO" LanguageCodeYid LanguageCode = "YID" LanguageCodeYor LanguageCode = "YOR" LanguageCodeZha LanguageCode = "ZHA" LanguageCodeZul LanguageCode = "ZUL" LanguageCodeOrj LanguageCode = "ORJ" LanguageCodeQpc LanguageCode = "QPC" LanguageCodeTng LanguageCode = "TNG" )
Enum values for LanguageCode
func (LanguageCode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum LanguageCode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (LanguageCode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum LanguageCode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ListJobTemplatesInput ¶
type ListJobTemplatesInput struct { // Optionally, specify a job template category to limit responses to only job // templates from that category. Category *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"category" type:"string"` // Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list // them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't // specify, the service will list them by name. ListBy JobTemplateListBy `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Optional. Number of job templates, up to twenty, that will be returned at // one time. MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request // the next batch of job templates. NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. Order Order `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
You can send list job templates requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can filter the response by category by specifying it in your request body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of job templates to be returned. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplatesRequest
func (ListJobTemplatesInput) GoString ¶
func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ListJobTemplatesInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ListJobTemplatesInput) String ¶
func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListJobTemplatesOutput ¶
type ListJobTemplatesOutput struct { // List of Job templates. JobTemplates []JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplates" type:"list"` // Use this string to request the next batch of job templates. NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful list job templates requests return a JSON array of job templates. If you do not specify how they are ordered, you will receive them in alphabetical order by name. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplatesResponse
func (ListJobTemplatesOutput) GoString ¶
func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ListJobTemplatesOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ListJobTemplatesOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (ListJobTemplatesOutput) String ¶
func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListJobTemplatesRequest ¶
type ListJobTemplatesRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ListJobTemplatesInput Copy func(*ListJobTemplatesInput) ListJobTemplatesRequest }
ListJobTemplatesRequest is a API request type for the ListJobTemplates API operation.
func (ListJobTemplatesRequest) Send ¶
func (r ListJobTemplatesRequest) Send() (*ListJobTemplatesOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the ListJobTemplates API request.
type ListJobsInput ¶
type ListJobsInput struct { // Optional. Number of jobs, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time. MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request // the next batch of jobs. NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. Order Order `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Provide a queue name to get back only jobs from that queue. Queue *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"queue" type:"string"` // A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR. Status JobStatus `location:"querystring" locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
You can send list jobs requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can filter the response by queue and/or job status by specifying them in your request body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of jobs to be returned. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobsRequest
func (ListJobsInput) GoString ¶
func (s ListJobsInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ListJobsInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ListJobsInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ListJobsInput) String ¶
func (s ListJobsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListJobsOutput ¶
type ListJobsOutput struct { // List of jobs Jobs []Job `locationName:"jobs" type:"list"` // Use this string to request the next batch of jobs. NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful list jobs requests return a JSON array of jobs. If you do not specify how they are ordered, you will receive the most recently created first. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobsResponse
func (ListJobsOutput) GoString ¶
func (s ListJobsOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ListJobsOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ListJobsOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ListJobsOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s ListJobsOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (ListJobsOutput) String ¶
func (s ListJobsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListJobsRequest ¶
type ListJobsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ListJobsInput Copy func(*ListJobsInput) ListJobsRequest }
ListJobsRequest is a API request type for the ListJobs API operation.
func (ListJobsRequest) Send ¶
func (r ListJobsRequest) Send() (*ListJobsOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the ListJobs API request.
type ListPresetsInput ¶
type ListPresetsInput struct { // Optionally, specify a preset category to limit responses to only presets // from that category. Category *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"category" type:"string"` // Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them // alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't // specify, the service will list them by name. ListBy PresetListBy `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Optional. Number of presets, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request // the next batch of presets. NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. Order Order `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
You can send list presets requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can filter the response by category by specifying it in your request body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of queues to be returned. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresetsRequest
func (ListPresetsInput) GoString ¶
func (s ListPresetsInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ListPresetsInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ListPresetsInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ListPresetsInput) String ¶
func (s ListPresetsInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListPresetsOutput ¶
type ListPresetsOutput struct { // Use this string to request the next batch of presets. NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // List of presets Presets []Preset `locationName:"presets" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful list presets requests return a JSON array of presets. If you do not specify how they are ordered, you will receive them alphabetically by name. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresetsResponse
func (ListPresetsOutput) GoString ¶
func (s ListPresetsOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ListPresetsOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ListPresetsOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ListPresetsOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s ListPresetsOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (ListPresetsOutput) String ¶
func (s ListPresetsOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListPresetsRequest ¶
type ListPresetsRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ListPresetsInput Copy func(*ListPresetsInput) ListPresetsRequest }
ListPresetsRequest is a API request type for the ListPresets API operation.
func (ListPresetsRequest) Send ¶
func (r ListPresetsRequest) Send() (*ListPresetsOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the ListPresets API request.
type ListQueuesInput ¶
type ListQueuesInput struct { // Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them // alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't // specify, the service will list them by creation date. ListBy QueueListBy `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Optional. Number of queues, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time. MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request // the next batch of queues. NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. Order Order `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
You can send list queues requests with an empty body. You can optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of queues to be returned. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueuesRequest
func (ListQueuesInput) GoString ¶
func (s ListQueuesInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ListQueuesInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ListQueuesInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ListQueuesInput) String ¶
func (s ListQueuesInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListQueuesOutput ¶
type ListQueuesOutput struct { // Use this string to request the next batch of queues. NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` // List of queues Queues []Queue `locationName:"queues" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful list queues return a JSON array of queues. If you do not specify how they are ordered, you will receive them alphabetically by name. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueuesResponse
func (ListQueuesOutput) GoString ¶
func (s ListQueuesOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ListQueuesOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ListQueuesOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ListQueuesOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s ListQueuesOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (ListQueuesOutput) String ¶
func (s ListQueuesOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ListQueuesRequest ¶
type ListQueuesRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *ListQueuesInput Copy func(*ListQueuesInput) ListQueuesRequest }
ListQueuesRequest is a API request type for the ListQueues API operation.
func (ListQueuesRequest) Send ¶
func (r ListQueuesRequest) Send() (*ListQueuesOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the ListQueues API request.
type M2tsAudioBufferModel ¶
type M2tsAudioBufferModel string
Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio.
const ( M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb M2tsAudioBufferModel = "DVB" M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc M2tsAudioBufferModel = "ATSC" )
Enum values for M2tsAudioBufferModel
func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsAudioBufferModel) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsAudioBufferModel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsBufferModel ¶
type M2tsBufferModel string
Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX, use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency, but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions.
const ( M2tsBufferModelMultiplex M2tsBufferModel = "MULTIPLEX" M2tsBufferModelNone M2tsBufferModel = "NONE" )
Enum values for M2tsBufferModel
func (M2tsBufferModel) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsBufferModel) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsBufferModel) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsBufferModel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsEbpAudioInterval ¶
type M2tsEbpAudioInterval string
When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or EBP_LEGACY).
const ( M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS" M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL" )
Enum values for M2tsEbpAudioInterval
func (M2tsEbpAudioInterval) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsEbpAudioInterval) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsEbpAudioInterval) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsEbpAudioInterval) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsEbpPlacement ¶
type M2tsEbpPlacement string
Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or EBP_LEGACY).
const ( M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS" M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_PID" )
Enum values for M2tsEbpPlacement
func (M2tsEbpPlacement) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsEbpPlacement) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsEbpPlacement) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsEbpPlacement) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsEsRateInPes ¶
type M2tsEsRateInPes string
Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header.
const ( M2tsEsRateInPesInclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "INCLUDE" M2tsEsRateInPesExclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for M2tsEsRateInPes
func (M2tsEsRateInPes) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsEsRateInPes) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsEsRateInPes) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsEsRateInPes) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsNielsenId3 ¶ added in v0.3.0
type M2tsNielsenId3 string
If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
const ( M2tsNielsenId3Insert M2tsNielsenId3 = "INSERT" M2tsNielsenId3None M2tsNielsenId3 = "NONE" )
Enum values for M2tsNielsenId3
func (M2tsNielsenId3) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsNielsenId3) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsNielsenId3) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsNielsenId3) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsPcrControl ¶
type M2tsPcrControl string
When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
const ( M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket M2tsPcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M2tsPcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" )
Enum values for M2tsPcrControl
func (M2tsPcrControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsPcrControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsPcrControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsPcrControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsRateMode ¶
type M2tsRateMode string
When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate.
const ( M2tsRateModeVbr M2tsRateMode = "VBR" M2tsRateModeCbr M2tsRateMode = "CBR" )
Enum values for M2tsRateMode
func (M2tsRateMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsRateMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsRateMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsRateMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsScte35Source ¶
type M2tsScte35Source string
Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from input to output.
const ( M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough M2tsScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH" M2tsScte35SourceNone M2tsScte35Source = "NONE" )
Enum values for M2tsScte35Source
func (M2tsScte35Source) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsScte35Source) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsScte35Source) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsScte35Source) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsSegmentationMarkers ¶
type M2tsSegmentationMarkers string
Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
const ( M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "NONE" M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_SEGSTART" M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_ADAPT" M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "PSI_SEGSTART" M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP" M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP_LEGACY" )
Enum values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers
func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsSegmentationMarkers) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsSegmentationMarkers) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsSegmentationStyle ¶
type M2tsSegmentationStyle string
The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted. When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds. When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule.
const ( M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence M2tsSegmentationStyle = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE" M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence M2tsSegmentationStyle = "RESET_CADENCE" )
Enum values for M2tsSegmentationStyle
func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsSegmentationStyle) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M2tsSegmentationStyle) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M2tsSettings ¶
type M2tsSettings struct { // Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio. AudioBufferModel M2tsAudioBufferModel `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"true"` // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or // by comma separation. AudioPids []int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"` // The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to // 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. Other common // values are 3750000, 7500000, and 15000000. Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` // Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX, // use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency, // but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions. BufferModel M2tsBufferModel `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition // interval. DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"` // Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition // interval. DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"` // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output. // Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma // separation. DvbSubPids []int64 `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"list"` // Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval. DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"` // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output. DvbTeletextPid *int64 `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"integer"` // When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to // partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be // fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When // set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only // applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers // is EBP or EBP_LEGACY). EbpAudioInterval M2tsEbpAudioInterval `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only // on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable // when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP // or EBP_LEGACY). EbpPlacement M2tsEbpPlacement `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header. EsRateInPes M2tsEsRateInPes `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"true"` // The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers. FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"` // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted // into the transport stream. MaxPcrInterval *int64 `locationName:"maxPcrInterval" type:"integer"` // When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified // time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP // is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is // not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead // value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured // elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate. MinEbpInterval *int64 `locationName:"minEbpInterval" type:"integer"` // If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in // the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output. NielsenId3 M2tsNielsenId3 `locationName:"nielsenId3" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport // stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic // null packets. NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"` // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` // When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only // when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. PcrControl M2tsPcrControl `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as // the Video PID. PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"` // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport // stream. PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream. PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"` // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` // When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified // bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, // but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate. RateMode M2tsRateMode `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"` // Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from // input to output. Scte35Source M2tsScte35Source `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart // sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets // the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart // inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary // Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification // OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information // to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. SegmentationMarkers M2tsSegmentationMarkers `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"true"` // The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted // into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may // be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted. // When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is // truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means // the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds. // When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment // is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. // This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, // all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. // Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule. SegmentationStyle M2tsSegmentationStyle `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"true"` // The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to // _none_. SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"integer"` // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for M2TS Container. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/M2tsSettings
func (M2tsSettings) GoString ¶
func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (M2tsSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s M2tsSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (M2tsSettings) String ¶
func (s M2tsSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type M3u8NielsenId3 ¶ added in v0.3.0
type M3u8NielsenId3 string
If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
const ( M3u8NielsenId3Insert M3u8NielsenId3 = "INSERT" M3u8NielsenId3None M3u8NielsenId3 = "NONE" )
Enum values for M3u8NielsenId3
func (M3u8NielsenId3) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M3u8NielsenId3) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M3u8NielsenId3) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M3u8NielsenId3) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M3u8PcrControl ¶
type M3u8PcrControl string
When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
const ( M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket M3u8PcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M3u8PcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" )
Enum values for M3u8PcrControl
func (M3u8PcrControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M3u8PcrControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M3u8PcrControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M3u8PcrControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M3u8Scte35Source ¶
type M3u8Scte35Source string
Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from input to output.
const ( M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough M3u8Scte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH" M3u8Scte35SourceNone M3u8Scte35Source = "NONE" )
Enum values for M3u8Scte35Source
func (M3u8Scte35Source) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M3u8Scte35Source) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (M3u8Scte35Source) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum M3u8Scte35Source) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type M3u8Settings ¶
type M3u8Settings struct { // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or // by comma separation. AudioPids []int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"` // If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in // the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output. NielsenId3 M3u8NielsenId3 `locationName:"nielsenId3" type:"string" enum:"true"` // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` // When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. PcrControl M3u8PcrControl `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as // the Video PID. PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"` // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output // transport stream. PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport // stream. PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream. PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"` // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"` // Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from // input to output. Scte35Source M3u8Scte35Source `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"true"` // If PASSTHROUGH, inserts ID3 timed metadata from the timed_metadata REST command // into this output. TimedMetadata TimedMetadata `locationName:"timedMetadata" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"integer"` // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for TS segments in HLS Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/M3u8Settings
func (M3u8Settings) GoString ¶
func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (M3u8Settings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s M3u8Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (M3u8Settings) String ¶
func (s M3u8Settings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type MediaConvert ¶
MediaConvert provides the API operation methods for making requests to AWS Elemental MediaConvert. See this package's package overview docs for details on the service.
MediaConvert methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.
func New ¶
func New(config aws.Config) *MediaConvert
New creates a new instance of the MediaConvert client with a config.
Example:
// Create a MediaConvert client from just a config. svc := mediaconvert.New(myConfig)
func (*MediaConvert) CancelJobRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJobRequest(input *CancelJobInput) CancelJobRequest
CancelJobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Permanently remove a job from a queue. Once you have canceled a job, you can't start it again. You can't delete a running job.
// Example sending a request using the CancelJobRequest method. req := client.CancelJobRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJob
func (*MediaConvert) CreateJobRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) CreateJobRequest
CreateJobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Create a new transcoding job. For information about jobs and job settings, see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
// Example sending a request using the CreateJobRequest method. req := client.CreateJobRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJob
func (*MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplateRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplateRequest(input *CreateJobTemplateInput) CreateJobTemplateRequest
CreateJobTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Create a new job template. For information about job templates see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
// Example sending a request using the CreateJobTemplateRequest method. req := client.CreateJobTemplateRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplate
func (*MediaConvert) CreatePresetRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePresetRequest(input *CreatePresetInput) CreatePresetRequest
CreatePresetRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Create a new preset. For information about job templates see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
// Example sending a request using the CreatePresetRequest method. req := client.CreatePresetRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePreset
func (*MediaConvert) CreateQueueRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueueRequest(input *CreateQueueInput) CreateQueueRequest
CreateQueueRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Create a new transcoding queue. For information about job templates see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
// Example sending a request using the CreateQueueRequest method. req := client.CreateQueueRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueue
func (*MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplateRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input *DeleteJobTemplateInput) DeleteJobTemplateRequest
DeleteJobTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Permanently delete a job template you have created.
// Example sending a request using the DeleteJobTemplateRequest method. req := client.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplate
func (*MediaConvert) DeletePresetRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePresetRequest(input *DeletePresetInput) DeletePresetRequest
DeletePresetRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Permanently delete a preset you have created.
// Example sending a request using the DeletePresetRequest method. req := client.DeletePresetRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePreset
func (*MediaConvert) DeleteQueueRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueueRequest(input *DeleteQueueInput) DeleteQueueRequest
DeleteQueueRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Permanently delete a queue you have created.
// Example sending a request using the DeleteQueueRequest method. req := client.DeleteQueueRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueue
func (*MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) DescribeEndpointsRequest
DescribeEndpointsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your account API endpoint.
// Example sending a request using the DescribeEndpointsRequest method. req := client.DescribeEndpointsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpoints
func (*MediaConvert) GetJobRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) GetJobRequest
GetJobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Retrieve the JSON for a specific completed transcoding job.
// Example sending a request using the GetJobRequest method. req := client.GetJobRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJob
func (*MediaConvert) GetJobTemplateRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplateRequest(input *GetJobTemplateInput) GetJobTemplateRequest
GetJobTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Retrieve the JSON for a specific job template.
// Example sending a request using the GetJobTemplateRequest method. req := client.GetJobTemplateRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplate
func (*MediaConvert) GetPresetRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) GetPresetRequest(input *GetPresetInput) GetPresetRequest
GetPresetRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Retrieve the JSON for a specific preset.
// Example sending a request using the GetPresetRequest method. req := client.GetPresetRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPreset
func (*MediaConvert) GetQueueRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueueRequest(input *GetQueueInput) GetQueueRequest
GetQueueRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Retrieve the JSON for a specific queue.
// Example sending a request using the GetQueueRequest method. req := client.GetQueueRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueue
func (*MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesRequest(input *ListJobTemplatesInput) ListJobTemplatesRequest
ListJobTemplatesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your job templates. This will return the templates themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty templates, use the nextToken string returned with the array
// Example sending a request using the ListJobTemplatesRequest method. req := client.ListJobTemplatesRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplates
func (*MediaConvert) ListJobsRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) ListJobsRequest
ListJobsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your most recently created jobs. This array includes in-process, completed, and errored jobs. This will return the jobs themselves, not just a list of the jobs. To retrieve the twenty next most recent jobs, use the nextToken string returned with the array.
// Example sending a request using the ListJobsRequest method. req := client.ListJobsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobs
func (*MediaConvert) ListPresetsRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresetsRequest(input *ListPresetsInput) ListPresetsRequest
ListPresetsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your presets. This will return the presets themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty presets, use the nextToken string returned with the array.
// Example sending a request using the ListPresetsRequest method. req := client.ListPresetsRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresets
func (*MediaConvert) ListQueuesRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueuesRequest(input *ListQueuesInput) ListQueuesRequest
ListQueuesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your queues. This will return the queues themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty queues, use the nextToken string returned with the array.
// Example sending a request using the ListQueuesRequest method. req := client.ListQueuesRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueues
func (*MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplateRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input *UpdateJobTemplateInput) UpdateJobTemplateRequest
UpdateJobTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Modify one of your existing job templates.
// Example sending a request using the UpdateJobTemplateRequest method. req := client.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplate
func (*MediaConvert) UpdatePresetRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePresetRequest(input *UpdatePresetInput) UpdatePresetRequest
UpdatePresetRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Modify one of your existing presets.
// Example sending a request using the UpdatePresetRequest method. req := client.UpdatePresetRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePreset
func (*MediaConvert) UpdateQueueRequest ¶
func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueueRequest(input *UpdateQueueInput) UpdateQueueRequest
UpdateQueueRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
Modify one of your existing queues.
// Example sending a request using the UpdateQueueRequest method. req := client.UpdateQueueRequest(params) resp, err := req.Send() if err == nil { fmt.Println(resp) }
Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueue
type MovClapAtom ¶
type MovClapAtom string
When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings.
const ( MovClapAtomInclude MovClapAtom = "INCLUDE" MovClapAtomExclude MovClapAtom = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for MovClapAtom
func (MovClapAtom) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MovClapAtom) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (MovClapAtom) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MovClapAtom) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type MovCslgAtom ¶
type MovCslgAtom string
When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
const ( MovCslgAtomInclude MovCslgAtom = "INCLUDE" MovCslgAtomExclude MovCslgAtom = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for MovCslgAtom
func (MovCslgAtom) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MovCslgAtom) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (MovCslgAtom) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MovCslgAtom) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type MovMpeg2FourCCControl ¶
type MovMpeg2FourCCControl string
When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players, but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the video codec is MPEG2.
const ( MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "XDCAM" MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "MPEG" )
Enum values for MovMpeg2FourCCControl
func (MovMpeg2FourCCControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MovMpeg2FourCCControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (MovMpeg2FourCCControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MovMpeg2FourCCControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type MovPaddingControl ¶
type MovPaddingControl string
If set to OMNEON, inserts Omneon-compatible padding
const ( MovPaddingControlOmneon MovPaddingControl = "OMNEON" MovPaddingControlNone MovPaddingControl = "NONE" )
Enum values for MovPaddingControl
func (MovPaddingControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MovPaddingControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (MovPaddingControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MovPaddingControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type MovReference ¶
type MovReference string
A value of 'external' creates separate media files and the wrapper file (.mov) contains references to these media files. A value of 'self_contained' creates only a wrapper (.mov) file and this file contains all of the media.
const ( MovReferenceSelfContained MovReference = "SELF_CONTAINED" MovReferenceExternal MovReference = "EXTERNAL" )
Enum values for MovReference
func (MovReference) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MovReference) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (MovReference) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MovReference) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type MovSettings ¶
type MovSettings struct { // When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings. ClapAtom MovClapAtom `locationName:"clapAtom" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times // in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, // and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per // 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. CslgAtom MovCslgAtom `locationName:"cslgAtom" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using // XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players, // but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the // video codec is MPEG2. Mpeg2FourCCControl MovMpeg2FourCCControl `locationName:"mpeg2FourCCControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // If set to OMNEON, inserts Omneon-compatible padding PaddingControl MovPaddingControl `locationName:"paddingControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // A value of 'external' creates separate media files and the wrapper file (.mov) // contains references to these media files. A value of 'self_contained' creates // only a wrapper (.mov) file and this file contains all of the media. Reference MovReference `locationName:"reference" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for MOV Container. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/MovSettings
func (MovSettings) GoString ¶
func (s MovSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (MovSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s MovSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (MovSettings) String ¶
func (s MovSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Mp2Settings ¶
type Mp2Settings struct { // Average bitrate in bits/second. Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` // Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. // Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo // will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2. Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" type:"integer"` // Sample rate in hz. SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value MP2. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Mp2Settings
func (Mp2Settings) GoString ¶
func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (Mp2Settings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Mp2Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (Mp2Settings) String ¶
func (s Mp2Settings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Mp4CslgAtom ¶
type Mp4CslgAtom string
When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
const ( Mp4CslgAtomInclude Mp4CslgAtom = "INCLUDE" Mp4CslgAtomExclude Mp4CslgAtom = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for Mp4CslgAtom
func (Mp4CslgAtom) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mp4CslgAtom) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mp4CslgAtom) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mp4CslgAtom) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mp4FreeSpaceBox ¶
type Mp4FreeSpaceBox string
Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box.
const ( Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "INCLUDE" Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "EXCLUDE" )
Enum values for Mp4FreeSpaceBox
func (Mp4FreeSpaceBox) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mp4FreeSpaceBox) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mp4FreeSpaceBox) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mp4FreeSpaceBox) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mp4MoovPlacement ¶
type Mp4MoovPlacement string
If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed normally at the end.
const ( Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload Mp4MoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD" Mp4MoovPlacementNormal Mp4MoovPlacement = "NORMAL" )
Enum values for Mp4MoovPlacement
func (Mp4MoovPlacement) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mp4MoovPlacement) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mp4MoovPlacement) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mp4MoovPlacement) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mp4Settings ¶
type Mp4Settings struct { // When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times // in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, // and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per // 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. CslgAtom Mp4CslgAtom `locationName:"cslgAtom" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box. FreeSpaceBox Mp4FreeSpaceBox `locationName:"freeSpaceBox" type:"string" enum:"true"` // If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning // of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed // normally at the end. MoovPlacement Mp4MoovPlacement `locationName:"moovPlacement" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Overrides the "Major Brand" field in the output file. Usually not necessary // to specify. Mp4MajorBrand *string `locationName:"mp4MajorBrand" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for MP4 Container Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Mp4Settings
func (Mp4Settings) GoString ¶
func (s Mp4Settings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (Mp4Settings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Mp4Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (Mp4Settings) String ¶
func (s Mp4Settings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization ¶
type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization string
Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual quality.
const ( Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF" Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW" Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM" Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH" )
Enum values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization
func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2CodecLevel ¶
type Mpeg2CodecLevel string
Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output.
const ( Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto Mpeg2CodecLevel = "AUTO" Mpeg2CodecLevelLow Mpeg2CodecLevel = "LOW" Mpeg2CodecLevelMain Mpeg2CodecLevel = "MAIN" Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH1440" Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH" )
Enum values for Mpeg2CodecLevel
func (Mpeg2CodecLevel) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2CodecLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2CodecProfile ¶
type Mpeg2CodecProfile string
Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output.
const ( Mpeg2CodecProfileMain Mpeg2CodecProfile = "MAIN" Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 Mpeg2CodecProfile = "PROFILE_422" )
Enum values for Mpeg2CodecProfile
func (Mpeg2CodecProfile) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2CodecProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2FramerateControl ¶
type Mpeg2FramerateControl string
Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate.
const ( Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Mpeg2FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified Mpeg2FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateControl
func (Mpeg2FramerateControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2FramerateControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion.
const ( Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm
func (Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits ¶
type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits string
Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.
const ( Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES" Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS" )
Enum values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits
func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2InterlaceMode ¶
type Mpeg2InterlaceMode string
Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose.
const ( Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE" Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD" Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD" Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" )
Enum values for Mpeg2InterlaceMode
func (Mpeg2InterlaceMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2InterlaceMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision ¶
type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision string
Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression ratio.
const ( Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "AUTO" Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_8" Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_9" Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_10" Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_11" )
Enum values for Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision
func (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2ParControl ¶
type Mpeg2ParControl string
Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio.
const ( Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource Mpeg2ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" Mpeg2ParControlSpecified Mpeg2ParControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2ParControl
func (Mpeg2ParControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2ParControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2ParControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2ParControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel ¶
type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel string
Use Quality tuning level (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to use single-pass or multipass video encoding.
const ( Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS" Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS" )
Enum values for Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel
func (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2RateControlMode ¶
type Mpeg2RateControlMode string
Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr).
const ( Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "VBR" Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "CBR" )
Enum values for Mpeg2RateControlMode
func (Mpeg2RateControlMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2RateControlMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect ¶
type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect string
Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes).
const ( Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED" Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect
func (Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2Settings ¶
type Mpeg2Settings struct { // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual // quality. AdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required for VBR, CBR, and ABR. Five megabits // can be entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as // 500000 or 0.5m. For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded // down to the nearest multiple of 1000. Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` // Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output. CodecLevel Mpeg2CodecLevel `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output. CodecProfile Mpeg2CodecProfile `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. FramerateControl Mpeg2FramerateControl `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Framerate denominator. FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 // fps. FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than // zero. GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` // Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If // seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. GopSizeUnits Mpeg2GopSizeUnits `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"` // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model). Five megabits can be entered as 5000000 // or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 or 0.5m. HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"` // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending // on which of the Follow options you chose. InterlaceMode Mpeg2InterlaceMode `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision // for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service // will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression // ratio. IntraDcPrecision Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision `locationName:"intraDcPrecision" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Maximum bitrate in bits/second (for VBR mode only). Five megabits can be // entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 // or 0.5m. MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted // by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval // frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene // change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting // I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is // only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch // = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` // Number of B-frames between reference frames. NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` // Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the // pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing // Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. ParControl Mpeg2ParControl `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` // Use Quality tuning level (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to // use single-pass or multipass video encoding. QualityTuningLevel Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate // is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr). RateControlMode Mpeg2RateControlMode `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). SceneChangeDetect Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. SlowPal Mpeg2SlowPal `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content // in the encoded image. Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"` // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content // complexity. SpatialAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Produces a Type D-10 compatible bitstream (SMPTE 356M-2001). Syntax Mpeg2Syntax `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Only use Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. // Set Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from // a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave // converstion to the player. Telecine Mpeg2Telecine `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content // complexity. TemporalAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value MPEG2. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Mpeg2Settings
func (Mpeg2Settings) GoString ¶
func (s Mpeg2Settings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (Mpeg2Settings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Mpeg2Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (Mpeg2Settings) String ¶
func (s Mpeg2Settings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Mpeg2SlowPal ¶
type Mpeg2SlowPal string
Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.
const ( Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled Mpeg2SlowPal = "DISABLED" Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled Mpeg2SlowPal = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2SlowPal
func (Mpeg2SlowPal) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2SlowPal) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity.
const ( Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
func (Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2Syntax ¶
type Mpeg2Syntax string
Produces a Type D-10 compatible bitstream (SMPTE 356M-2001).
const ( Mpeg2SyntaxDefault Mpeg2Syntax = "DEFAULT" Mpeg2SyntaxD10 Mpeg2Syntax = "D_10" )
Enum values for Mpeg2Syntax
func (Mpeg2Syntax) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2Syntax) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2Syntax) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2Syntax) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2Telecine ¶
type Mpeg2Telecine string
Only use Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. Set Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave converstion to the player.
const ( Mpeg2TelecineNone Mpeg2Telecine = "NONE" Mpeg2TelecineSoft Mpeg2Telecine = "SOFT" Mpeg2TelecineHard Mpeg2Telecine = "HARD" )
Enum values for Mpeg2Telecine
func (Mpeg2Telecine) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2Telecine) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2Telecine) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2Telecine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization ¶
type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity.
const ( Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED" Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
func (Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication ¶
type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication string
COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream.
const ( MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS" MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "NONE" )
Enum values for MsSmoothAudioDeduplication
func (MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings ¶
type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings struct { // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/MsSmoothEncryptionSettings
func (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) GoString ¶
func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) String ¶
func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type MsSmoothGroupSettings ¶
type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct { // COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across // a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream. AudioDeduplication MsSmoothAudioDeduplication `locationName:"audioDeduplication" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the // first input file. Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` // If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify // the value SpekeKeyProvider. Encryption *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` // Use Fragment length (FragmentLength) to specify the mp4 fragment sizes in // seconds. Fragment length must be compatible with GOP size and framerate. FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" type:"integer"` // Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding // format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16. ManifestEncoding MsSmoothManifestEncoding `locationName:"manifestEncoding" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/MsSmoothGroupSettings
func (MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString ¶
func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (MsSmoothGroupSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (MsSmoothGroupSettings) String ¶
func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type MsSmoothManifestEncoding ¶
type MsSmoothManifestEncoding string
Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16.
const ( MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8 MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF8" MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF16" )
Enum values for MsSmoothManifestEncoding
func (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MsSmoothManifestEncoding) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum MsSmoothManifestEncoding) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type NielsenConfiguration ¶
type NielsenConfiguration struct { // Use Nielsen Configuration (NielsenConfiguration) to set the Nielsen measurement // system breakout code. Supported values are 0, 3, 7, and 9. BreakoutCode *int64 `locationName:"breakoutCode" type:"integer"` // Use Distributor ID (DistributorID) to specify the distributor ID that is // assigned to your organization by Neilsen. DistributorId *string `locationName:"distributorId" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for Nielsen Configuration Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/NielsenConfiguration
func (NielsenConfiguration) GoString ¶
func (s NielsenConfiguration) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (NielsenConfiguration) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s NielsenConfiguration) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (NielsenConfiguration) String ¶
func (s NielsenConfiguration) String() string
String returns the string representation
type NoiseReducer ¶
type NoiseReducer struct { // Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following // spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable // Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral is an edge preserving noise reduction // filter * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) are convolution // filters * Conserve is a min/max noise reduction filter * Spatial is frequency-domain // filter based on JND principles. Filter NoiseReducerFilter `locationName:"filter" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Settings for a noise reducer filter FilterSettings *NoiseReducerFilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"` // Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter. SpatialFilterSettings *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings `locationName:"spatialFilterSettings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise reducer (NoiseReducer), you must also select a value for Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter). Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/NoiseReducer
func (NoiseReducer) GoString ¶
func (s NoiseReducer) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (NoiseReducer) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s NoiseReducer) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (NoiseReducer) String ¶
func (s NoiseReducer) String() string
String returns the string representation
type NoiseReducerFilter ¶
type NoiseReducerFilter string
Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral is an edge preserving noise reduction filter * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) are convolution filters * Conserve is a min/max noise reduction filter * Spatial is frequency-domain filter based on JND principles.
const ( NoiseReducerFilterBilateral NoiseReducerFilter = "BILATERAL" NoiseReducerFilterMean NoiseReducerFilter = "MEAN" NoiseReducerFilterGaussian NoiseReducerFilter = "GAUSSIAN" NoiseReducerFilterLanczos NoiseReducerFilter = "LANCZOS" NoiseReducerFilterSharpen NoiseReducerFilter = "SHARPEN" NoiseReducerFilterConserve NoiseReducerFilter = "CONSERVE" NoiseReducerFilterSpatial NoiseReducerFilter = "SPATIAL" )
Enum values for NoiseReducerFilter
func (NoiseReducerFilter) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum NoiseReducerFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (NoiseReducerFilter) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum NoiseReducerFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type NoiseReducerFilterSettings ¶
type NoiseReducerFilterSettings struct { // Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger // filtering. Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for a noise reducer filter Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/NoiseReducerFilterSettings
func (NoiseReducerFilterSettings) GoString ¶
func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (NoiseReducerFilterSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (NoiseReducerFilterSettings) String ¶
func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings ¶
type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings struct { // Specify strength of post noise reduction sharpening filter, with 0 disabling // the filter and 3 enabling it at maximum strength. PostFilterSharpenStrength *int64 `locationName:"postFilterSharpenStrength" type:"integer"` // The speed of the filter, from -2 (lower speed) to 3 (higher speed), with // 0 being the nominal value. Speed *int64 `locationName:"speed" type:"integer"` // Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger // filtering. Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings
func (NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) GoString ¶
func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) String ¶
func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Order ¶
type Order string
When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.
Enum values for Order
func (Order) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
type Output ¶
type Output struct { // (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized // by audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. (AudioDescriptions) // can contain multiple groups of encoding settings. AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"` // (CaptionDescriptions) contains groups of captions settings. For each output // that has captions, include one instance of (CaptionDescriptions). (CaptionDescriptions) // can contain multiple groups of captions settings. CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"` // Container specific settings. ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"` // Use Extension (Extension) to specify the file extension for outputs in File // output groups. If you do not specify a value, the service will use default // extensions by container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts * // Quicktime, mov * MXF container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * No Container, // the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265, H265, AC3) Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"` // Use Name modifier (NameModifier) to have the service add a string to the // end of each output filename. You specify the base filename as part of your // destination URI. When you create multiple outputs in the same output group, // Name modifier (NameModifier) is required. Name modifier also accepts format // identifiers. For DASH ISO outputs, if you use the format identifiers $Number$ // or $Time$ in one output, you must use them in the same way in all outputs // of the output group. NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` // Specific settings for this type of output. OutputSettings *OutputSettings `locationName:"outputSettings" type:"structure"` // Use Preset (Preset) to specifiy a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide // the system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset (Preset) // or Container settings (ContainerSettings), but not both. Preset *string `locationName:"preset" type:"string"` // (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific // video settings depend on the video codec you choose when you specify a value // for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription) per output. VideoDescription *VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescription" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
An output object describes the settings for a single output file or stream in an output group. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Output
func (Output) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Output) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
type OutputChannelMapping ¶
type OutputChannelMapping struct { // List of input channels InputChannels []int64 `locationName:"inputChannels" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
OutputChannel mapping settings. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputChannelMapping
func (OutputChannelMapping) GoString ¶
func (s OutputChannelMapping) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (OutputChannelMapping) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s OutputChannelMapping) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (OutputChannelMapping) String ¶
func (s OutputChannelMapping) String() string
String returns the string representation
type OutputDetail ¶
type OutputDetail struct { // Duration in milliseconds DurationInMs *int64 `locationName:"durationInMs" type:"integer"` // Contains details about the output's video stream VideoDetails *VideoDetail `locationName:"videoDetails" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Details regarding output Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputDetail
func (OutputDetail) GoString ¶
func (s OutputDetail) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (OutputDetail) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s OutputDetail) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (OutputDetail) String ¶
func (s OutputDetail) String() string
String returns the string representation
type OutputGroup ¶
type OutputGroup struct { // Use Custom Group Name (CustomName) to specify a name for the output group. // This value is displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON // more human-readable. It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters // that are either letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores. CustomName *string `locationName:"customName" type:"string"` // Name of the output group Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` // Output Group settings, including type OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings `locationName:"outputGroupSettings" type:"structure"` // This object holds groups of encoding settings, one group of settings per // output. Outputs []Output `locationName:"outputs" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Group of outputs Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputGroup
func (OutputGroup) GoString ¶
func (s OutputGroup) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (OutputGroup) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s OutputGroup) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (OutputGroup) String ¶
func (s OutputGroup) String() string
String returns the string representation
type OutputGroupDetail ¶
type OutputGroupDetail struct { // Details about the output OutputDetails []OutputDetail `locationName:"outputDetails" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Contains details about the output groups specified in the job settings. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputGroupDetail
func (OutputGroupDetail) GoString ¶
func (s OutputGroupDetail) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (OutputGroupDetail) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s OutputGroupDetail) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (OutputGroupDetail) String ¶
func (s OutputGroupDetail) String() string
String returns the string representation
type OutputGroupSettings ¶
type OutputGroupSettings struct { // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to // DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS. DashIsoGroupSettings *DashIsoGroupSettings `locationName:"dashIsoGroupSettings" type:"structure"` // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to // FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS. FileGroupSettings *FileGroupSettings `locationName:"fileGroupSettings" type:"structure"` // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to // HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS. HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsGroupSettings" type:"structure"` // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to // MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS. MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"` // Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth Streaming) Type OutputGroupType `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Output Group settings, including type Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputGroupSettings
func (OutputGroupSettings) GoString ¶
func (s OutputGroupSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (OutputGroupSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s OutputGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (OutputGroupSettings) String ¶
func (s OutputGroupSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type OutputGroupType ¶
type OutputGroupType string
Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth Streaming)
const ( OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings OutputGroupType = "HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS" OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings OutputGroupType = "DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS" OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings OutputGroupType = "FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS" OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings OutputGroupType = "MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS" )
Enum values for OutputGroupType
func (OutputGroupType) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum OutputGroupType) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (OutputGroupType) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum OutputGroupType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type OutputSdt ¶
type OutputSdt string
Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information.
const ( OutputSdtSdtFollow OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW" OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT" OutputSdtSdtManual OutputSdt = "SDT_MANUAL" OutputSdtSdtNone OutputSdt = "SDT_NONE" )
Enum values for OutputSdt
func (OutputSdt) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
type OutputSettings ¶
type OutputSettings struct { // Settings for HLS output groups HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Specific settings for this type of output. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputSettings
func (OutputSettings) GoString ¶
func (s OutputSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (OutputSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s OutputSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (OutputSettings) String ¶
func (s OutputSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Preset ¶
type Preset struct { // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` // An optional category you create to organize your presets. Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` // The timestamp in epoch seconds for preset creation. CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // An optional description you create for each preset. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the preset was last updated. LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // A name you create for each preset. Each name must be unique within your account. Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` // Settings for preset Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` // A preset can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in preset // can't be modified or deleted by the user. Type Type `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Preset
func (Preset) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Preset) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
type PresetListBy ¶
type PresetListBy string
Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't specify, the service will list them by name.
const ( PresetListByName PresetListBy = "NAME" PresetListByCreationDate PresetListBy = "CREATION_DATE" PresetListBySystem PresetListBy = "SYSTEM" )
Enum values for PresetListBy
func (PresetListBy) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum PresetListBy) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (PresetListBy) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum PresetListBy) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type PresetSettings ¶
type PresetSettings struct { // (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized // by audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. (AudioDescriptions) // can contain multiple groups of encoding settings. AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"` // Caption settings for this preset. There can be multiple caption settings // in a single output. CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescriptionPreset `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"` // Container specific settings. ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"` // (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific // video settings depend on the video codec you choose when you specify a value // for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription) per output. VideoDescription *VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescription" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for preset Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/PresetSettings
func (PresetSettings) GoString ¶
func (s PresetSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (PresetSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s PresetSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (PresetSettings) String ¶
func (s PresetSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ProresCodecProfile ¶
type ProresCodecProfile string
Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec to use for this output.
const ( ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422 ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422" ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_HQ" ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_LT" ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_PROXY" )
Enum values for ProresCodecProfile
func (ProresCodecProfile) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresCodecProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ProresCodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresCodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ProresFramerateControl ¶
type ProresFramerateControl string
Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate.
const ( ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource ProresFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" ProresFramerateControlSpecified ProresFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for ProresFramerateControl
func (ProresFramerateControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresFramerateControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ProresFramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresFramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm ¶
type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion.
const ( ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP" ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE" )
Enum values for ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm
func (ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ProresInterlaceMode ¶
type ProresInterlaceMode string
Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose.
const ( ProresInterlaceModeProgressive ProresInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE" ProresInterlaceModeTopField ProresInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD" ProresInterlaceModeBottomField ProresInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD" ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" )
Enum values for ProresInterlaceMode
func (ProresInterlaceMode) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresInterlaceMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ProresInterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresInterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ProresParControl ¶
type ProresParControl string
Use (ProresParControl) to specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio. Set to Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. To specify a different pixel aspect ratio: Using the console, choose it from the dropdown menu. Using the API, set ProresParControl to (SPECIFIED) and provide for (ParNumerator) and (ParDenominator).
const ( ProresParControlInitializeFromSource ProresParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" ProresParControlSpecified ProresParControl = "SPECIFIED" )
Enum values for ProresParControl
func (ProresParControl) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresParControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ProresParControl) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresParControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ProresSettings ¶
type ProresSettings struct { // Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec // to use for this output. CodecProfile ProresCodecProfile `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. FramerateControl ProresFramerateControl `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. FramerateConversionAlgorithm ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Framerate denominator. FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use framerate conversion, specify // the framerate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use // FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example, // use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending // on which of the Follow options you chose. InterlaceMode ProresInterlaceMode `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use (ProresParControl) to specify how the service determines the pixel aspect // ratio. Set to Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the pixel aspect // ratio from the input. To specify a different pixel aspect ratio: Using the // console, choose it from the dropdown menu. Using the API, set ProresParControl // to (SPECIFIED) and provide for (ParNumerator) and (ParDenominator). ParControl ProresParControl `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. SlowPal ProresSlowPal `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Only use Telecine (ProresTelecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to // 29.970. Set Telecine (ProresTelecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i // output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output // and leave converstion to the player. Telecine ProresTelecine `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value PRORES. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ProresSettings
func (ProresSettings) GoString ¶
func (s ProresSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (ProresSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s ProresSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (ProresSettings) String ¶
func (s ProresSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type ProresSlowPal ¶
type ProresSlowPal string
Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.
const ( ProresSlowPalDisabled ProresSlowPal = "DISABLED" ProresSlowPalEnabled ProresSlowPal = "ENABLED" )
Enum values for ProresSlowPal
func (ProresSlowPal) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresSlowPal) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ProresSlowPal) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresSlowPal) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ProresTelecine ¶
type ProresTelecine string
Only use Telecine (ProresTelecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. Set Telecine (ProresTelecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave converstion to the player.
const ( ProresTelecineNone ProresTelecine = "NONE" ProresTelecineHard ProresTelecine = "HARD" )
Enum values for ProresTelecine
func (ProresTelecine) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresTelecine) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ProresTelecine) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ProresTelecine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Queue ¶
type Queue struct { // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` // The timestamp in epoch seconds for queue creation. CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // An optional description you create for each queue. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the queue was last updated. LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // A name you create for each queue. Each name must be unique within your account. Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` // Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue // will not begin. Jobs running when a queue is paused continue to run until // they finish or error out. Status QueueStatus `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"true"` // A queue can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in queues // can't be modified or deleted by the user. Type Type `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Queue
func (Queue) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Queue) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
type QueueListBy ¶
type QueueListBy string
Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't specify, the service will list them by creation date.
const ( QueueListByName QueueListBy = "NAME" QueueListByCreationDate QueueListBy = "CREATION_DATE" )
Enum values for QueueListBy
func (QueueListBy) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum QueueListBy) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (QueueListBy) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum QueueListBy) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type QueueStatus ¶
type QueueStatus string
Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue will not begin. Jobs running when a queue is paused continue to run until they finish or error out.
const ( QueueStatusActive QueueStatus = "ACTIVE" QueueStatusPaused QueueStatus = "PAUSED" )
Enum values for QueueStatus
func (QueueStatus) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum QueueStatus) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (QueueStatus) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum QueueStatus) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type Rectangle ¶
type Rectangle struct { // Height of rectangle in pixels. Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` // Width of rectangle in pixels. Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` // The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the left edge of the video // frame. X *int64 `locationName:"x" type:"integer"` // The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the top edge of the video // frame. Y *int64 `locationName:"y" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Use Rectangle to identify a specific area of the video frame. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Rectangle
func (Rectangle) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Rectangle) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
type RemixSettings ¶
type RemixSettings struct { // Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the // remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within // the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel // unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). ChannelMapping *ChannelMapping `locationName:"channelMapping" type:"structure"` // Specify the number of audio channels from your input that you want to use // in your output. With remixing, you might combine or split the data in these // channels, so the number of channels in your final output might be different. ChannelsIn *int64 `locationName:"channelsIn" type:"integer"` // Specify the number of channels in this output after remixing. Valid values: // 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 ChannelsOut *int64 `locationName:"channelsOut" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Use Manual audio remixing (RemixSettings) to adjust audio levels for each output channel. With audio remixing, you can output more or fewer audio channels than your input audio source provides. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/RemixSettings
func (RemixSettings) GoString ¶
func (s RemixSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (RemixSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s RemixSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (RemixSettings) String ¶
func (s RemixSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type RespondToAfd ¶
type RespondToAfd string
Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) and set AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values from this output.
const ( RespondToAfdNone RespondToAfd = "NONE" RespondToAfdRespond RespondToAfd = "RESPOND" RespondToAfdPassthrough RespondToAfd = "PASSTHROUGH" )
Enum values for RespondToAfd
func (RespondToAfd) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum RespondToAfd) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (RespondToAfd) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum RespondToAfd) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type ScalingBehavior ¶
type ScalingBehavior string
Applies only if your input aspect ratio is different from your output aspect ratio. Enable Stretch to output (StretchToOutput) to have the service stretch your video image to fit. Leave this setting disabled to allow the service to letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any positioning value you specify elsewhere in the job.
const ( ScalingBehaviorDefault ScalingBehavior = "DEFAULT" ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput ScalingBehavior = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT" )
Enum values for ScalingBehavior
func (ScalingBehavior) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ScalingBehavior) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (ScalingBehavior) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum ScalingBehavior) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type SccDestinationFramerate ¶
type SccDestinationFramerate string
Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a framerate that matches the framerate of the associated video. If the video framerate is 29.97, choose 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME).
const ( SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397 SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_23_97" SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24 SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_24" SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME" SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME" )
Enum values for SccDestinationFramerate
func (SccDestinationFramerate) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum SccDestinationFramerate) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (SccDestinationFramerate) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum SccDestinationFramerate) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type SccDestinationSettings ¶
type SccDestinationSettings struct { // Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and // the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a framerate that matches // the framerate of the associated video. If the video framerate is 29.97, choose // 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has video_insertion=true // and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME). Framerate SccDestinationFramerate `locationName:"framerate" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for SCC caption output. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/SccDestinationSettings
func (SccDestinationSettings) GoString ¶
func (s SccDestinationSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (SccDestinationSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s SccDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (SccDestinationSettings) String ¶
func (s SccDestinationSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type SpekeKeyProvider ¶
type SpekeKeyProvider struct { // The SPEKE-compliant server uses Resource ID (ResourceId) to identify content. ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"` // Relates to SPEKE implementation. DRM system identifiers. DASH output groups // support a max of two system ids. Other group types support one system id. SystemIds []string `locationName:"systemIds" type:"list"` // Use URL (Url) to specify the SPEKE-compliant server that will provide keys // for content. Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/SpekeKeyProvider
func (SpekeKeyProvider) GoString ¶
func (s SpekeKeyProvider) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (SpekeKeyProvider) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s SpekeKeyProvider) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (SpekeKeyProvider) String ¶
func (s SpekeKeyProvider) String() string
String returns the string representation
type StaticKeyProvider ¶
type StaticKeyProvider struct { // Relates to DRM implementation. Sets the value of the KEYFORMAT attribute. // Must be 'identity' or a reverse DNS string. May be omitted to indicate an // implicit value of 'identity'. KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"` // Relates to DRM implementation. Either a single positive integer version value // or a slash delimited list of version values (1/2/3). KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"` // Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify // Key Value (StaticKeyValue). StaticKeyValue *string `locationName:"staticKeyValue" type:"string"` // Relates to DRM implementation. The location of the license server used for // protecting content. Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/StaticKeyProvider
func (StaticKeyProvider) GoString ¶
func (s StaticKeyProvider) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (StaticKeyProvider) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s StaticKeyProvider) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (StaticKeyProvider) String ¶
func (s StaticKeyProvider) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TeletextDestinationSettings ¶
type TeletextDestinationSettings struct { // Set pageNumber to the Teletext page number for the destination captions for // this output. This value must be a three-digit hexadecimal string; strings // ending in -FF are invalid. If you are passing through the entire set of Teletext // data, do not use this field. PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for Teletext caption output Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TeletextDestinationSettings
func (TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString ¶
func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (TeletextDestinationSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (TeletextDestinationSettings) String ¶
func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TeletextSourceSettings ¶
type TeletextSourceSettings struct { // Use Page Number (PageNumber) to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page // number that will be used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if // you are passing through teletext from the input source to output. PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TeletextSourceSettings
func (TeletextSourceSettings) GoString ¶
func (s TeletextSourceSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (TeletextSourceSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s TeletextSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (TeletextSourceSettings) String ¶
func (s TeletextSourceSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TimecodeBurnin ¶
type TimecodeBurnin struct { // Use Font Size (FontSize) to set the font size of any burned-in timecode. // Valid values are 10, 16, 32, 48. FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"` // Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to // specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video. Position TimecodeBurninPosition `locationName:"position" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Prefix (Prefix) to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode. // For example, a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00". // Provide either the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The // supported range of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters, // numbers, and all special characters represented on a standard English keyboard. Prefix *string `locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified prefix into the output. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TimecodeBurnin
func (TimecodeBurnin) GoString ¶
func (s TimecodeBurnin) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (TimecodeBurnin) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s TimecodeBurnin) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (TimecodeBurnin) String ¶
func (s TimecodeBurnin) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TimecodeBurninPosition ¶
type TimecodeBurninPosition string
Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video.
const ( TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_CENTER" TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_LEFT" TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_RIGHT" TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_LEFT" TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_CENTER" TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_RIGHT" TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_LEFT" TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_CENTER" TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_RIGHT" )
Enum values for TimecodeBurninPosition
func (TimecodeBurninPosition) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TimecodeBurninPosition) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TimecodeBurninPosition) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TimecodeBurninPosition) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type TimecodeConfig ¶
type TimecodeConfig struct { // If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor // Timecode (Anchor) to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame // to the output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) // or (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores framerate conversion. System behavior // for Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Timecode source // (TimecodeSource). * If Timecode source (TimecodeSource) is set to Specified // Start (specifiedstart), the first input frame is the specified value in Start // Timecode (Start). Anchor Timecode (Anchor) and Start Timecode (Start) are // used calculate output timecode. * If Timecode source (TimecodeSource) is // set to Start at 0 (zerobased) the first frame is 00:00:00:00. * If Timecode // source (TimecodeSource) is set to Embedded (embedded), the first frame is // the timecode value on the first input frame of the input. Anchor *string `locationName:"anchor" type:"string"` // Use Timecode source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within // this input. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are // synchronized and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, // choose the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes // are in a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) // - Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is // in the source, the service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start // at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. // * Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame // to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this // value. Source TimecodeSource `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Only use when you set Timecode Source (TimecodeSource) to Specified Start // (SPECIFIEDSTART). Use Start timecode (Start) to specify the timecode for // the initial frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or // (HH:MM:SS;FF). Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` // Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Time stamp // offset (TimestampOffset) to overwrite the timecode date without affecting // the time and frame number. Provide the new date as a string in the format // "yyyy-mm-dd". To use Time stamp offset, you must also enable Insert program-date-time // (InsertProgramDateTime) in the output settings. TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TimecodeConfig
func (TimecodeConfig) GoString ¶
func (s TimecodeConfig) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (TimecodeConfig) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s TimecodeConfig) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (TimecodeConfig) String ¶
func (s TimecodeConfig) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TimecodeSource ¶
type TimecodeSource string
Use Timecode source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within this input. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) - Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. * Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this value.
const ( TimecodeSourceEmbedded TimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED" TimecodeSourceZerobased TimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED" TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart TimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART" )
Enum values for TimecodeSource
func (TimecodeSource) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TimecodeSource) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TimecodeSource) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TimecodeSource) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type TimedMetadata ¶
type TimedMetadata string
If PASSTHROUGH, inserts ID3 timed metadata from the timed_metadata REST command into this output.
const ( TimedMetadataPassthrough TimedMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH" TimedMetadataNone TimedMetadata = "NONE" )
Enum values for TimedMetadata
func (TimedMetadata) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TimedMetadata) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TimedMetadata) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TimedMetadata) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type TimedMetadataInsertion ¶
type TimedMetadataInsertion struct { // Id3Insertions contains the array of Id3Insertion instances. Id3Insertions []Id3Insertion `locationName:"id3Insertions" type:"list"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion) objects. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TimedMetadataInsertion
func (TimedMetadataInsertion) GoString ¶
func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (TimedMetadataInsertion) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (TimedMetadataInsertion) String ¶
func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) String() string
String returns the string representation
type Timing ¶
type Timing struct { // The time, in Unix epoch format, that the transcoding job finished FinishTime *time.Time `locationName:"finishTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // The time, in Unix epoch format, that transcoding for the job began. StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // The time, in Unix epoch format, that you submitted the job. SubmitTime *time.Time `locationName:"submitTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified in Unix epoch format in seconds. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Timing
func (Timing) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s Timing) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
type TtmlDestinationSettings ¶
type TtmlDestinationSettings struct { // Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source // (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or TTML output. StylePassthrough TtmlStylePassthrough `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information (TtmlStylePassthrough). Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TtmlDestinationSettings
func (TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString ¶
func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (TtmlDestinationSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (TtmlDestinationSettings) String ¶
func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type TtmlStylePassthrough ¶
type TtmlStylePassthrough string
Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or TTML output.
const ( TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled TtmlStylePassthrough = "ENABLED" TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled TtmlStylePassthrough = "DISABLED" )
Enum values for TtmlStylePassthrough
func (TtmlStylePassthrough) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TtmlStylePassthrough) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (TtmlStylePassthrough) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum TtmlStylePassthrough) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type UpdateJobTemplateInput ¶
type UpdateJobTemplateInput struct { // The new category for the job template, if you are changing it. Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` // The new description for the job template, if you are changing it. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The name of the job template you are modifying // // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // The new queue for the job template, if you are changing it. Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template // that will be applied to jobs created from it. Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Modify a job template by sending a request with the job template name and any of the following that you wish to change: description, category, and queue. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplateRequest
func (UpdateJobTemplateInput) GoString ¶
func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (UpdateJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (UpdateJobTemplateInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateJobTemplateInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateJobTemplateOutput ¶
type UpdateJobTemplateOutput struct { // A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use // to quickly create a job. JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful update job template requests will return the new job template JSON. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplateResponse
func (UpdateJobTemplateOutput) GoString ¶
func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (UpdateJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (UpdateJobTemplateOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (UpdateJobTemplateOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateJobTemplateRequest ¶
type UpdateJobTemplateRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateJobTemplateInput Copy func(*UpdateJobTemplateInput) UpdateJobTemplateRequest }
UpdateJobTemplateRequest is a API request type for the UpdateJobTemplate API operation.
func (UpdateJobTemplateRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateJobTemplateRequest) Send() (*UpdateJobTemplateOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateJobTemplate API request.
type UpdatePresetInput ¶
type UpdatePresetInput struct { // The new category for the preset, if you are changing it. Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` // The new description for the preset, if you are changing it. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The name of the preset you are modifying. // // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // Settings for preset Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Modify a preset by sending a request with the preset name and any of the following that you wish to change: description, category, and transcoding settings. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePresetRequest
func (UpdatePresetInput) GoString ¶
func (s UpdatePresetInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (UpdatePresetInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s UpdatePresetInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (UpdatePresetInput) String ¶
func (s UpdatePresetInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdatePresetInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdatePresetInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdatePresetOutput ¶
type UpdatePresetOutput struct { // A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that // you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful update preset requests will return the new preset JSON. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePresetResponse
func (UpdatePresetOutput) GoString ¶
func (s UpdatePresetOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (UpdatePresetOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s UpdatePresetOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (UpdatePresetOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s UpdatePresetOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (UpdatePresetOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdatePresetOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdatePresetRequest ¶
type UpdatePresetRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdatePresetInput Copy func(*UpdatePresetInput) UpdatePresetRequest }
UpdatePresetRequest is a API request type for the UpdatePreset API operation.
func (UpdatePresetRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdatePresetRequest) Send() (*UpdatePresetOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdatePreset API request.
type UpdateQueueInput ¶
type UpdateQueueInput struct { // The new description for the queue, if you are changing it. Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // The name of the queue you are modifying. // // Name is a required field Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` // Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue // will not begin. Jobs running when a queue is paused continue to run until // they finish or error out. Status QueueStatus `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"true"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Modify a queue by sending a request with the queue name and any of the following that you wish to change - description, status. You pause or activate a queue by changing its status between ACTIVE and PAUSED. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueueRequest
func (UpdateQueueInput) GoString ¶
func (s UpdateQueueInput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (UpdateQueueInput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s UpdateQueueInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (UpdateQueueInput) String ¶
func (s UpdateQueueInput) String() string
String returns the string representation
func (*UpdateQueueInput) Validate ¶
func (s *UpdateQueueInput) Validate() error
Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
type UpdateQueueOutput ¶
type UpdateQueueOutput struct { // MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs // are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues // to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Successful update queue requests will return the new queue JSON. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueueResponse
func (UpdateQueueOutput) GoString ¶
func (s UpdateQueueOutput) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (UpdateQueueOutput) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s UpdateQueueOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (UpdateQueueOutput) SDKResponseMetadata ¶
func (s UpdateQueueOutput) SDKResponseMetadata() aws.Response
SDKResponseMetdata return sthe response metadata for the API.
func (UpdateQueueOutput) String ¶
func (s UpdateQueueOutput) String() string
String returns the string representation
type UpdateQueueRequest ¶
type UpdateQueueRequest struct { *aws.Request Input *UpdateQueueInput Copy func(*UpdateQueueInput) UpdateQueueRequest }
UpdateQueueRequest is a API request type for the UpdateQueue API operation.
func (UpdateQueueRequest) Send ¶
func (r UpdateQueueRequest) Send() (*UpdateQueueOutput, error)
Send marshals and sends the UpdateQueue API request.
type VideoCodec ¶
type VideoCodec string
Type of video codec
const ( VideoCodecFrameCapture VideoCodec = "FRAME_CAPTURE" VideoCodecH264 VideoCodec = "H_264" VideoCodecH265 VideoCodec = "H_265" VideoCodecMpeg2 VideoCodec = "MPEG2" VideoCodecProres VideoCodec = "PRORES" )
Enum values for VideoCodec
func (VideoCodec) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum VideoCodec) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (VideoCodec) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum VideoCodec) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type VideoCodecSettings ¶
type VideoCodecSettings struct { // Type of video codec Codec VideoCodec `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to // the value FRAME_CAPTURE. FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureSettings" type:"structure"` // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to // the value H_264. H264Settings *H264Settings `locationName:"h264Settings" type:"structure"` // Settings for H265 codec H265Settings *H265Settings `locationName:"h265Settings" type:"structure"` // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to // the value MPEG2. Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings `locationName:"mpeg2Settings" type:"structure"` // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to // the value PRORES. ProresSettings *ProresSettings `locationName:"proresSettings" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each codec enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/VideoCodecSettings
func (VideoCodecSettings) GoString ¶
func (s VideoCodecSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (VideoCodecSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s VideoCodecSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (VideoCodecSettings) String ¶
func (s VideoCodecSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
type VideoDescription ¶
type VideoDescription struct { // This setting only applies to H.264 and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD signaling // (AfdSignaling) to whether there are AFD values in the output video data and // what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this output. // * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value specified // in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the input // AFD scaler data. AfdSignaling AfdSignaling `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Enable Anti-alias (AntiAlias) to enhance sharp edges in video output when // your input resolution is much larger than your output resolution. Default // is enabled. AntiAlias AntiAlias `locationName:"antiAlias" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains // the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group // vary depending on the value you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each // codec enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following // lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, // H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, // FrameCaptureSettings CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` // Enable Insert color metadata (ColorMetadata) to include color metadata in // this output. This setting is enabled by default. ColorMetadata ColorMetadata `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Applies only if your input aspect ratio is different from your output aspect // ratio. Use Input cropping rectangle (Crop) to specify the video area the // service will include in the output. This will crop the input source, causing // video pixels to be removed on encode. Do not use this setting if you have // enabled Stretch to output (stretchToOutput) in your output settings. Crop *Rectangle `locationName:"crop" type:"structure"` // Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service // will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame // timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled // by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled. DropFrameTimecode DropFrameTimecode `locationName:"dropFrameTimecode" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Applies only if you set AFD Signaling(AfdSignaling) to Fixed (FIXED). Use // Fixed (FixedAfd) to specify a four-bit AFD value which the service will write // on all frames of this video output. FixedAfd *int64 `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"integer"` // Use the Height (Height) setting to define the video resolution height for // this output. Specify in pixels. If you don't provide a value here, the service // will use the input height. Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` // Use Position (Position) to point to a rectangle object to define your position. // This setting overrides any other aspect ratio. Position *Rectangle `locationName:"position" type:"structure"` // Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the // video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to // clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect // ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the // input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). // A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) // and set AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values // from this output. RespondToAfd RespondToAfd `locationName:"respondToAfd" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Applies only if your input aspect ratio is different from your output aspect // ratio. Enable Stretch to output (StretchToOutput) to have the service stretch // your video image to fit. Leave this setting disabled to allow the service // to letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any positioning value // you specify elsewhere in the job. ScalingBehavior ScalingBehavior `locationName:"scalingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use Sharpness (Sharpness)setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing. // This setting changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling. // Sharpness only applies if your output resolution is different from your input // resolution, and if you set Anti-alias (AntiAlias) to ENABLED. 0 is the softest // setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for most content. Sharpness *int64 `locationName:"sharpness" type:"integer"` // Enable Timecode insertion to include timecode information in this output. // Do this in the API by setting (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to (PIC_TIMING_SEI). // To get timecodes to appear correctly in your output, also set up the timecode // configuration for your job in the input settings. Only enable Timecode insertion // when the input framerate is identical to output framerate. Disable this setting // to remove the timecode from the output. Default is disabled. TimecodeInsertion VideoTimecodeInsertion `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). // Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled // by default. VideoPreprocessors *VideoPreprocessor `locationName:"videoPreprocessors" type:"structure"` // Use Width (Width) to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this // output. If you don't provide a value here, the service will use the input // width. Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Settings for video outputs Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/VideoDescription
func (VideoDescription) GoString ¶
func (s VideoDescription) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (VideoDescription) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s VideoDescription) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (VideoDescription) String ¶
func (s VideoDescription) String() string
String returns the string representation
type VideoDetail ¶
type VideoDetail struct { // Height in pixels for the output HeightInPx *int64 `locationName:"heightInPx" type:"integer"` // Width in pixels for the output WidthInPx *int64 `locationName:"widthInPx" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Contains details about the output's video stream Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/VideoDetail
func (VideoDetail) GoString ¶
func (s VideoDetail) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (VideoDetail) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s VideoDetail) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (VideoDetail) String ¶
func (s VideoDetail) String() string
String returns the string representation
type VideoPreprocessor ¶
type VideoPreprocessor struct { // Enable the Color corrector (ColorCorrector) feature if necessary. Enable // or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled // by default. ColorCorrector *ColorCorrector `locationName:"colorCorrector" type:"structure"` // Use Deinterlacer (Deinterlacer) to produce smoother motion and a clearer // picture. Deinterlacer *Deinterlacer `locationName:"deinterlacer" type:"structure"` // Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay // on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. // This setting is disabled by default. ImageInserter *ImageInserter `locationName:"imageInserter" type:"structure"` // Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your // video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output // individually. This setting is disabled by default. NoiseReducer *NoiseReducer `locationName:"noiseReducer" type:"structure"` // Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified // prefix into the output. TimecodeBurnin *TimecodeBurnin `locationName:"timecodeBurnin" type:"structure"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by default. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/VideoPreprocessor
func (VideoPreprocessor) GoString ¶
func (s VideoPreprocessor) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (VideoPreprocessor) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s VideoPreprocessor) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (VideoPreprocessor) String ¶
func (s VideoPreprocessor) String() string
String returns the string representation
type VideoSelector ¶
type VideoSelector struct { // Specifies the colorspace of an input. This setting works in tandem with "Color // Corrector":#color_corrector > color_space_conversion to determine if any // conversion will be performed. ColorSpace ColorSpace `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"true"` // There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job configuration. // This enum controls which takes precedence. FORCE: System will use color metadata // supplied by user, if any. If the user does not supply color metadata the // system will use data from the source. FALLBACK: System will use color metadata // from the source. If source has no color metadata, the system will use user-supplied // color metadata values if available. ColorSpaceUsage ColorSpaceUsage `locationName:"colorSpaceUsage" type:"string" enum:"true"` // Use the HDR master display (Hdr10Metadata) settings to provide values for // HDR color. These values vary depending on the input video and must be provided // by a color grader. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 // in CIE1931 color coordinate. Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"` // Use PID (Pid) to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this // value as an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal // value. For example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is // an identifier for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container. Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` // Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. // Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Selector for video. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/VideoSelector
func (VideoSelector) GoString ¶
func (s VideoSelector) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (VideoSelector) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s VideoSelector) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (VideoSelector) String ¶
func (s VideoSelector) String() string
String returns the string representation
type VideoTimecodeInsertion ¶
type VideoTimecodeInsertion string
Enable Timecode insertion to include timecode information in this output. Do this in the API by setting (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to (PIC_TIMING_SEI). To get timecodes to appear correctly in your output, also set up the timecode configuration for your job in the input settings. Only enable Timecode insertion when the input framerate is identical to output framerate. Disable this setting to remove the timecode from the output. Default is disabled.
const ( VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled VideoTimecodeInsertion = "DISABLED" VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei VideoTimecodeInsertion = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" )
Enum values for VideoTimecodeInsertion
func (VideoTimecodeInsertion) MarshalValue ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum VideoTimecodeInsertion) MarshalValue() (string, error)
func (VideoTimecodeInsertion) MarshalValueBuf ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (enum VideoTimecodeInsertion) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)
type WavSettings ¶
type WavSettings struct { // Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding // quality for this audio track. BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" type:"integer"` // Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. // With WAV, valid values 1, 2, 4, and 8. In the console, these values are Mono, // Stereo, 4-Channel, and 8-Channel, respectively. Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" type:"integer"` // Sample rate in Hz. SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` // contains filtered or unexported fields }
Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value WAV. Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/WavSettings
func (WavSettings) GoString ¶
func (s WavSettings) GoString() string
GoString returns the string representation
func (WavSettings) MarshalFields ¶ added in v0.3.0
func (s WavSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error
MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.
func (WavSettings) String ¶
func (s WavSettings) String() string
String returns the string representation
Directories ¶
Path | Synopsis |
---|---|
Package mediaconvertiface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS Elemental MediaConvert service client for testing your code.
|
Package mediaconvertiface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS Elemental MediaConvert service client for testing your code. |